]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | /* | |
13 | TODO: | |
14 | ||
15 | - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay | |
16 | - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw() | |
17 | - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess. | |
18 | - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns. | |
19 | */ | |
20 | ||
21 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
22 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
23 | ||
24 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
25 | #pragma hdrstop | |
26 | #endif | |
27 | ||
28 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
29 | ||
30 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
31 | ||
32 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
33 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
34 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
35 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #endif | |
45 | ||
46 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
48 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
49 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
50 | ||
51 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
52 | ||
53 | const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid"; | |
54 | ||
55 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
56 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
57 | #else | |
58 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
59 | #endif | |
60 | ||
61 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
62 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
63 | #else | |
64 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
65 | #endif | |
66 | ||
67 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
68 | #include <ctype.h> | |
69 | ||
70 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
71 | // array classes | |
72 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
73 | ||
74 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs, | |
75 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
76 | ||
77 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
78 | { | |
79 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
80 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
81 | { | |
82 | wxASSERT( attr ); | |
83 | } | |
84 | ||
85 | wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other) | |
86 | : coords(other.coords), | |
87 | attr(other.attr) | |
88 | { | |
89 | attr->IncRef(); | |
90 | } | |
91 | ||
92 | wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other) | |
93 | { | |
94 | coords = other.coords; | |
95 | if (attr != other.attr) | |
96 | { | |
97 | attr->DecRef(); | |
98 | attr = other.attr; | |
99 | attr->IncRef(); | |
100 | } | |
101 | return *this; | |
102 | } | |
103 | ||
104 | void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr) | |
105 | { | |
106 | if (attr != new_attr) | |
107 | { | |
108 | // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute. | |
109 | attr->DecRef(); | |
110 | attr = new_attr; | |
111 | // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef. | |
112 | } | |
113 | } | |
114 | ||
115 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
116 | { | |
117 | attr->DecRef(); | |
118 | } | |
119 | ||
120 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
121 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
122 | }; | |
123 | ||
124 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray, | |
125 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
126 | ||
127 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
128 | ||
129 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
130 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
131 | ||
132 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
133 | // events | |
134 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
135 | ||
136 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
137 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
138 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
139 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
140 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG) | |
141 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
142 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
143 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
144 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
145 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
146 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
147 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE) | |
148 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
149 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
150 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
151 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
152 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
153 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
154 | ||
155 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
156 | // private classes | |
157 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
158 | ||
159 | // common base class for various grid subwindows | |
160 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow | |
161 | { | |
162 | public: | |
163 | wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; } | |
164 | wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner, | |
165 | wxWindowID id, | |
166 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
167 | const wxSize& size, | |
168 | int additionalStyle = 0, | |
169 | const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr) | |
170 | : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size, | |
171 | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle, | |
172 | name) | |
173 | { | |
174 | m_owner = owner; | |
175 | } | |
176 | ||
177 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
178 | ||
179 | wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
180 | ||
181 | protected: | |
182 | void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event); | |
183 | ||
184 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
185 | ||
186 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
187 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow) | |
188 | }; | |
189 | ||
190 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
191 | { | |
192 | public: | |
193 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { } | |
194 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
195 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
196 | ||
197 | private: | |
198 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
199 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
200 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
201 | ||
202 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
203 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
204 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
205 | }; | |
206 | ||
207 | ||
208 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
209 | { | |
210 | public: | |
211 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { } | |
212 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
213 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
214 | ||
215 | private: | |
216 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
217 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
218 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
219 | ||
220 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
221 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
222 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
223 | }; | |
224 | ||
225 | ||
226 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
227 | { | |
228 | public: | |
229 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { } | |
230 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
231 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
232 | ||
233 | private: | |
234 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
235 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
236 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
237 | ||
238 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
239 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
240 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
241 | }; | |
242 | ||
243 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow | |
244 | { | |
245 | public: | |
246 | wxGridWindow() | |
247 | { | |
248 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
249 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
250 | } | |
251 | ||
252 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
253 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
254 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
255 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
256 | ||
257 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
258 | ||
259 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } | |
260 | ||
261 | private: | |
262 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
263 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
264 | ||
265 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
266 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
267 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
268 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
269 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
270 | void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
271 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
272 | void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& ); | |
273 | ||
274 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
275 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
276 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
277 | }; | |
278 | ||
279 | ||
280 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
281 | { | |
282 | public: | |
283 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
284 | : m_grid(grid), | |
285 | m_editor(editor), | |
286 | m_inSetFocus(false) | |
287 | { | |
288 | } | |
289 | ||
290 | void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); | |
291 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
292 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
293 | ||
294 | void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; } | |
295 | ||
296 | private: | |
297 | wxGrid *m_grid; | |
298 | wxGridCellEditor *m_editor; | |
299 | ||
300 | // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to | |
301 | // a combobox within a set focus event. | |
302 | bool m_inSetFocus; | |
303 | ||
304 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
305 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
306 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
307 | }; | |
308 | ||
309 | ||
310 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
311 | ||
312 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
313 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
314 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
315 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
316 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
317 | ||
318 | ||
319 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
320 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
321 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
322 | ||
323 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
324 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData | |
325 | { | |
326 | public: | |
327 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
328 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
329 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
330 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
331 | ||
332 | private: | |
333 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
334 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
335 | ||
336 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
337 | }; | |
338 | ||
339 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
340 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
341 | { | |
342 | public: | |
343 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
344 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {} | |
345 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
346 | ||
347 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
348 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
349 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
350 | ||
351 | private: | |
352 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
353 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
354 | }; | |
355 | ||
356 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
357 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
358 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
359 | { | |
360 | public: | |
361 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
362 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
363 | m_colAttrs; | |
364 | }; | |
365 | ||
366 | ||
367 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
368 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
369 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
370 | ||
371 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
372 | { | |
373 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
374 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
375 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
376 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
377 | {} | |
378 | ||
379 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
380 | { | |
381 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
382 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
383 | } | |
384 | ||
385 | wxString m_typeName; | |
386 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
387 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
388 | ||
389 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
390 | }; | |
391 | ||
392 | ||
393 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray, | |
394 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
395 | ||
396 | ||
397 | class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry | |
398 | { | |
399 | public: | |
400 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
401 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
402 | ||
403 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
404 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
405 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
406 | ||
407 | // find one of already registered data types | |
408 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
409 | ||
410 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
411 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
412 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
413 | ||
414 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
415 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
416 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
417 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
418 | ||
419 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
420 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
421 | ||
422 | private: | |
423 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
424 | }; | |
425 | ||
426 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
427 | // operations classes abstracting the difference between operating on rows and | |
428 | // columns | |
429 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
430 | ||
431 | // This class allows to write a function only once because by using its methods | |
432 | // it will apply to both columns and rows. | |
433 | // | |
434 | // This is an abstract interface definition, the two concrete implementations | |
435 | // below should be used when working with rows and columns respectively. | |
436 | class wxGridOperations | |
437 | { | |
438 | public: | |
439 | // Returns the operations in the other direction, i.e. wxGridRowOperations | |
440 | // if this object is a wxGridColumnOperations and vice versa. | |
441 | virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const = 0; | |
442 | ||
443 | // Return the number of rows or columns. | |
444 | virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
445 | ||
446 | // Return the selection mode which allows selecting rows or columns. | |
447 | virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const = 0; | |
448 | ||
449 | // Make a wxGridCellCoords from the given components: thisDir is row or | |
450 | // column and otherDir is column or row | |
451 | virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const = 0; | |
452 | ||
453 | // Calculate the scrolled position of the given abscissa or ordinate. | |
454 | virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const = 0; | |
455 | ||
456 | // Selects the horizontal or vertical component from the given object. | |
457 | virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; | |
458 | virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0; | |
459 | virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const = 0; | |
460 | virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const = 0; | |
461 | virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const = 0; | |
462 | ||
463 | // Returns width or height of the rectangle | |
464 | virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const = 0; | |
465 | ||
466 | // Make a wxSize such that Select() applied to it returns first component | |
467 | virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const = 0; | |
468 | ||
469 | // Sets the row or column component of the given cell coordinates | |
470 | virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const = 0; | |
471 | ||
472 | ||
473 | // Draws a line parallel to the row or column, i.e. horizontal or vertical: | |
474 | // pos is the horizontal or vertical position of the line and start and end | |
475 | // are the coordinates of the line extremities in the other direction | |
476 | virtual void | |
477 | DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const = 0; | |
478 | ||
479 | // Draw a horizontal or vertical line across the given rectangle | |
480 | // (this is implemented in terms of above and uses Select() to extract | |
481 | // start and end from the given rectangle) | |
482 | void DrawParallelLineInRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int pos) const | |
483 | { | |
484 | const int posStart = Select(rect.GetPosition()); | |
485 | DrawParallelLine(dc, posStart, posStart + Select(rect.GetSize()), pos); | |
486 | } | |
487 | ||
488 | ||
489 | // Return the row or column at the given pixel coordinate. | |
490 | virtual int | |
491 | PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const = 0; | |
492 | ||
493 | // Get the top/left position, in pixels, of the given row or column | |
494 | virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
495 | ||
496 | // Get the bottom/right position, in pixels, of the given row or column | |
497 | virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
498 | ||
499 | // Get the height/width of the given row/column | |
500 | virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
501 | ||
502 | // Get wxGrid::m_rowBottoms/m_colRights array | |
503 | virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
504 | ||
505 | // Get default height row height or column width | |
506 | virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
507 | ||
508 | // Return the minimal acceptable row height or column width | |
509 | virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
510 | ||
511 | // Return the minimal row height or column width | |
512 | virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
513 | ||
514 | // Set the row height or column width | |
515 | virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const = 0; | |
516 | ||
517 | // True if rows/columns can be resized by user | |
518 | virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
519 | ||
520 | ||
521 | // Return the index of the line at the given position | |
522 | // | |
523 | // NB: currently this is always identity for the rows as reordering is only | |
524 | // implemented for the lines | |
525 | virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0; | |
526 | ||
527 | ||
528 | // Get the row or column label window | |
529 | virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
530 | ||
531 | // Get the width or height of the row or column label window | |
532 | virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const = 0; | |
533 | ||
534 | ||
535 | // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor | |
536 | // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it | |
537 | virtual ~wxGridOperations() { } | |
538 | }; | |
539 | ||
540 | class wxGridRowOperations : public wxGridOperations | |
541 | { | |
542 | public: | |
543 | virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const; | |
544 | ||
545 | virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
546 | { return grid->GetNumberRows(); } | |
547 | ||
548 | virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const | |
549 | { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows; } | |
550 | ||
551 | virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const | |
552 | { return wxGridCellCoords(thisDir, otherDir); } | |
553 | ||
554 | virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const | |
555 | { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(pos, 0)).x; } | |
556 | ||
557 | virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetRow(); } | |
558 | virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.x; } | |
559 | virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.x; } | |
560 | virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.x; } | |
561 | virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.x; } | |
562 | virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.width; } | |
563 | virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const | |
564 | { return wxSize(first, second); } | |
565 | virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const | |
566 | { coords.SetRow(line); } | |
567 | ||
568 | virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const | |
569 | { dc.DrawLine(start, pos, end, pos); } | |
570 | ||
571 | virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const | |
572 | { return grid->YToRow(pos, clip); } | |
573 | virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
574 | { return grid->GetRowTop(line); } | |
575 | virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
576 | { return grid->GetRowBottom(line); } | |
577 | virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
578 | { return grid->GetRowHeight(line); } | |
579 | virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
580 | { return grid->m_rowBottoms; } | |
581 | virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
582 | { return grid->GetDefaultRowSize(); } | |
583 | virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
584 | { return grid->GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(); } | |
585 | virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
586 | { return grid->GetRowMinimalHeight(line); } | |
587 | virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const | |
588 | { grid->SetRowSize(line, size); } | |
589 | virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
590 | { return grid->CanDragRowSize(); } | |
591 | ||
592 | virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid * WXUNUSED(grid), int line) const | |
593 | { return line; } // TODO: implement row reordering | |
594 | ||
595 | virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const | |
596 | { return grid->GetGridRowLabelWindow(); } | |
597 | virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const | |
598 | { return grid->GetRowLabelSize(); } | |
599 | }; | |
600 | ||
601 | class wxGridColumnOperations : public wxGridOperations | |
602 | { | |
603 | public: | |
604 | virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const; | |
605 | ||
606 | virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
607 | { return grid->GetNumberCols(); } | |
608 | ||
609 | virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const | |
610 | { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns; } | |
611 | ||
612 | virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const | |
613 | { return wxGridCellCoords(otherDir, thisDir); } | |
614 | ||
615 | virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const | |
616 | { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, pos)).y; } | |
617 | ||
618 | virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetCol(); } | |
619 | virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.y; } | |
620 | virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.y; } | |
621 | virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.y; } | |
622 | virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.y; } | |
623 | virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.height; } | |
624 | virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const | |
625 | { return wxSize(second, first); } | |
626 | virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const | |
627 | { coords.SetCol(line); } | |
628 | ||
629 | virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const | |
630 | { dc.DrawLine(pos, start, pos, end); } | |
631 | ||
632 | virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const | |
633 | { return grid->XToCol(pos, clip); } | |
634 | virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
635 | { return grid->GetColLeft(line); } | |
636 | virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
637 | { return grid->GetColRight(line); } | |
638 | virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
639 | { return grid->GetColWidth(line); } | |
640 | virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
641 | { return grid->m_colRights; } | |
642 | virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
643 | { return grid->GetDefaultColSize(); } | |
644 | virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
645 | { return grid->GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(); } | |
646 | virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
647 | { return grid->GetColMinimalWidth(line); } | |
648 | virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const | |
649 | { grid->SetColSize(line, size); } | |
650 | virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const | |
651 | { return grid->CanDragColSize(); } | |
652 | ||
653 | virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const | |
654 | { return grid->GetColAt(line); } | |
655 | ||
656 | virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const | |
657 | { return grid->GetGridColLabelWindow(); } | |
658 | virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const | |
659 | { return grid->GetColLabelSize(); } | |
660 | }; | |
661 | ||
662 | wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const | |
663 | { | |
664 | static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper; | |
665 | ||
666 | return s_colOper; | |
667 | } | |
668 | ||
669 | wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const | |
670 | { | |
671 | static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper; | |
672 | ||
673 | return s_rowOper; | |
674 | } | |
675 | ||
676 | // This class abstracts the difference between operations going forward | |
677 | // (down/right) and backward (up/left) and allows to use the same code for | |
678 | // functions which differ only in the direction of grid traversal | |
679 | // | |
680 | // Like wxGridOperations it's an ABC with two concrete subclasses below. Unlike | |
681 | // it, this is a normal object and not just a function dispatch table and has a | |
682 | // non-default ctor. | |
683 | // | |
684 | // Note: the explanation of this discrepancy is the existence of (very useful) | |
685 | // Dual() method in wxGridOperations which forces us to make wxGridOperations a | |
686 | // function dispatcher only. | |
687 | class wxGridDirectionOperations | |
688 | { | |
689 | public: | |
690 | // The oper parameter to ctor selects whether we work with rows or columns | |
691 | wxGridDirectionOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
692 | : m_grid(grid), | |
693 | m_oper(oper) | |
694 | { | |
695 | } | |
696 | ||
697 | // Check if the component of this point in our direction is at the | |
698 | // boundary, i.e. is the first/last row/column | |
699 | virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; | |
700 | ||
701 | // Increment the component of this point in our direction | |
702 | virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0; | |
703 | ||
704 | // Find the line at the given distance, in pixels, away from this one | |
705 | // (this uses clipping, i.e. anything after the last line is counted as the | |
706 | // last one and anything before the first one as 0) | |
707 | virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const = 0; | |
708 | ||
709 | // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor | |
710 | // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it | |
711 | virtual ~wxGridDirectionOperations() { } | |
712 | ||
713 | protected: | |
714 | wxGrid * const m_grid; | |
715 | const wxGridOperations& m_oper; | |
716 | }; | |
717 | ||
718 | class wxGridBackwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations | |
719 | { | |
720 | public: | |
721 | wxGridBackwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
722 | : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper) | |
723 | { | |
724 | } | |
725 | ||
726 | virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
727 | { | |
728 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) >= 0, "invalid row/column" ); | |
729 | ||
730 | return m_oper.Select(coords) == 0; | |
731 | } | |
732 | ||
733 | virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
734 | { | |
735 | wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) ); | |
736 | ||
737 | m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) - 1); | |
738 | } | |
739 | ||
740 | virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const | |
741 | { | |
742 | int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line); | |
743 | return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos - distance + 1, true); | |
744 | } | |
745 | }; | |
746 | ||
747 | class wxGridForwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations | |
748 | { | |
749 | public: | |
750 | wxGridForwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
751 | : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper), | |
752 | m_numLines(oper.GetNumberOfLines(grid)) | |
753 | { | |
754 | } | |
755 | ||
756 | virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
757 | { | |
758 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) < m_numLines, "invalid row/column" ); | |
759 | ||
760 | return m_oper.Select(coords) == m_numLines - 1; | |
761 | } | |
762 | ||
763 | virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const | |
764 | { | |
765 | wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) ); | |
766 | ||
767 | m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) + 1); | |
768 | } | |
769 | ||
770 | virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const | |
771 | { | |
772 | int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line); | |
773 | return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos + distance, true); | |
774 | } | |
775 | ||
776 | private: | |
777 | const int m_numLines; | |
778 | }; | |
779 | ||
780 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
781 | // globals | |
782 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
783 | ||
784 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
785 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
786 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
787 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
788 | #endif | |
789 | ||
790 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
791 | // constants | |
792 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
793 | ||
794 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
795 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
796 | ||
797 | namespace | |
798 | { | |
799 | ||
800 | // scroll line size | |
801 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; | |
802 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
803 | ||
804 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
805 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
806 | const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
807 | ||
808 | // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag | |
809 | // operation | |
810 | const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3; | |
811 | ||
812 | } // anonymous namespace | |
813 | ||
814 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
815 | // private helpers | |
816 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
817 | ||
818 | namespace | |
819 | { | |
820 | ||
821 | // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if | |
822 | // necessary | |
823 | void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second) | |
824 | { | |
825 | if ( first > second ) | |
826 | wxSwap(first, second); | |
827 | } | |
828 | ||
829 | } // anonymous namespace | |
830 | ||
831 | // ============================================================================ | |
832 | // implementation | |
833 | // ============================================================================ | |
834 | ||
835 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
836 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
837 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
838 | ||
839 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
840 | { | |
841 | m_control = NULL; | |
842 | m_attr = NULL; | |
843 | } | |
844 | ||
845 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
846 | { | |
847 | Destroy(); | |
848 | } | |
849 | ||
850 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
851 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
852 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
853 | { | |
854 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
855 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
856 | } | |
857 | ||
858 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
859 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
860 | { | |
861 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
862 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
863 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
864 | if (gridWindow) | |
865 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
866 | ||
867 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
868 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); | |
869 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
870 | ||
871 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
872 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
873 | } | |
874 | ||
875 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
876 | { | |
877 | if (m_control) | |
878 | { | |
879 | m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ ); | |
880 | ||
881 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
882 | m_control = NULL; | |
883 | } | |
884 | } | |
885 | ||
886 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
887 | { | |
888 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
889 | ||
890 | m_control->Show(show); | |
891 | ||
892 | if ( show ) | |
893 | { | |
894 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
895 | if ( attr ) | |
896 | { | |
897 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
898 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
899 | ||
900 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
901 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
902 | ||
903 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
904 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
905 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
906 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
907 | #endif | |
908 | ||
909 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
910 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
911 | } | |
912 | } | |
913 | else | |
914 | { | |
915 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
916 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
917 | { | |
918 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
919 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
920 | } | |
921 | ||
922 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
923 | { | |
924 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
925 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
926 | } | |
927 | ||
928 | // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms | |
929 | #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
930 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
931 | { | |
932 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
933 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
934 | } | |
935 | #endif | |
936 | } | |
937 | } | |
938 | ||
939 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
940 | { | |
941 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
942 | ||
943 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
944 | } | |
945 | ||
946 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
947 | { | |
948 | event.Skip(); | |
949 | } | |
950 | ||
951 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
952 | { | |
953 | bool ctrl = event.ControlDown(); | |
954 | bool alt = event.AltDown(); | |
955 | ||
956 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
957 | // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of | |
958 | // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead. | |
959 | alt = event.MetaDown(); | |
960 | #endif | |
961 | ||
962 | // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are | |
963 | // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them | |
964 | // through in that case. | |
965 | if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt)) | |
966 | return false; | |
967 | ||
968 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
969 | // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may | |
970 | // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a | |
971 | // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but | |
972 | // don't do anything for function keys or etc. | |
973 | if ( event.GetUnicodeKey() > 127 && event.GetKeyCode() > 127 ) | |
974 | return false; | |
975 | #else | |
976 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() > 255 ) | |
977 | return false; | |
978 | #endif | |
979 | ||
980 | return true; | |
981 | } | |
982 | ||
983 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
984 | { | |
985 | event.Skip(); | |
986 | } | |
987 | ||
988 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
989 | { | |
990 | } | |
991 | ||
992 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
993 | ||
994 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
995 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
996 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
997 | ||
998 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
999 | { | |
1000 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | ||
1003 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1004 | wxWindowID id, | |
1005 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1008 | } | |
1009 | ||
1010 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, | |
1011 | wxWindowID id, | |
1012 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler, | |
1013 | long style) | |
1014 | { | |
1015 | style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER; | |
1016 | ||
1017 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1018 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1019 | style); | |
1020 | ||
1021 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
1022 | if ( m_maxChars != 0 ) | |
1023 | { | |
1024 | Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
1025 | } | |
1026 | ||
1027 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1028 | } | |
1029 | ||
1030 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
1031 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | // as we fill the entire client area, | |
1034 | // don't do anything here to minimize flicker | |
1035 | } | |
1036 | ||
1037 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
1038 | { | |
1039 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
1040 | ||
1041 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins | |
1042 | // | |
1043 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix | |
1044 | // | |
1045 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
1046 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
1047 | { | |
1048 | rect.x += 1; | |
1049 | rect.y += 1; | |
1050 | rect.width -= 1; | |
1051 | rect.height -= 1; | |
1052 | } | |
1053 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1054 | if ( rect.x == 0 ) | |
1055 | rect.x += 2; | |
1056 | else | |
1057 | rect.x += 3; | |
1058 | ||
1059 | if ( rect.y == 0 ) | |
1060 | rect.y += 2; | |
1061 | else | |
1062 | rect.y += 3; | |
1063 | ||
1064 | rect.width -= 2; | |
1065 | rect.height -= 2; | |
1066 | #else | |
1067 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
1068 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1; | |
1069 | ||
1070 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1071 | extra_x *= 2; | |
1072 | extra_y *= 2; | |
1073 | #endif | |
1074 | ||
1075 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
1076 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
1077 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x ); | |
1078 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y ); | |
1079 | #endif | |
1080 | ||
1081 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
1082 | } | |
1083 | ||
1084 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1085 | { | |
1086 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1087 | ||
1088 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1089 | ||
1090 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
1091 | } | |
1092 | ||
1093 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
1094 | { | |
1095 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
1096 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1097 | Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1); | |
1098 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
1099 | } | |
1100 | ||
1101 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1102 | { | |
1103 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1104 | ||
1105 | bool changed = false; | |
1106 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1107 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
1108 | changed = true; | |
1109 | ||
1110 | if (changed) | |
1111 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1112 | ||
1113 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
1114 | ||
1115 | // No point in setting the text of the hidden control | |
1116 | //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1117 | ||
1118 | return changed; | |
1119 | } | |
1120 | ||
1121 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
1122 | { | |
1123 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1124 | ||
1125 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
1126 | } | |
1127 | ||
1128 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
1129 | { | |
1130 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
1131 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1132 | } | |
1133 | ||
1134 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1135 | { | |
1136 | return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event); | |
1137 | } | |
1138 | ||
1139 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1140 | { | |
1141 | // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no | |
1142 | // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control. | |
1143 | // Do it ourselves instead. We know that if we get this far that we have | |
1144 | // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done. | |
1145 | ||
1146 | wxTextCtrl* tc = Text(); | |
1147 | wxChar ch; | |
1148 | long pos; | |
1149 | ||
1150 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
1151 | ch = event.GetUnicodeKey(); | |
1152 | if (ch <= 127) | |
1153 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1154 | #else | |
1155 | ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1156 | #endif | |
1157 | ||
1158 | switch (ch) | |
1159 | { | |
1160 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
1161 | // delete the character at the cursor | |
1162 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
1163 | if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition()) | |
1164 | tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1); | |
1165 | break; | |
1166 | ||
1167 | case WXK_BACK: | |
1168 | // delete the character before the cursor | |
1169 | pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint(); | |
1170 | if (pos > 0) | |
1171 | tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos); | |
1172 | break; | |
1173 | ||
1174 | default: | |
1175 | tc->WriteText(ch); | |
1176 | break; | |
1177 | } | |
1178 | } | |
1179 | ||
1180 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
1181 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
1182 | { | |
1183 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
1184 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
1185 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
1186 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
1187 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
1188 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
1189 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
1190 | #else | |
1191 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
1192 | // | |
1193 | event.Skip(); | |
1194 | #endif | |
1195 | } | |
1196 | ||
1197 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1198 | { | |
1199 | if ( !params ) | |
1200 | { | |
1201 | // reset to default | |
1202 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | else | |
1205 | { | |
1206 | long tmp; | |
1207 | if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1208 | { | |
1209 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | else | |
1212 | { | |
1213 | wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() ); | |
1214 | } | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | } | |
1217 | ||
1218 | // return the value in the text control | |
1219 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
1222 | } | |
1223 | ||
1224 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1225 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
1226 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1227 | ||
1228 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
1229 | { | |
1230 | m_min = min; | |
1231 | m_max = max; | |
1232 | } | |
1233 | ||
1234 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1235 | wxWindowID id, | |
1236 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1237 | { | |
1238 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1239 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1240 | { | |
1241 | // create a spin ctrl | |
1242 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString, | |
1243 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1244 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
1245 | m_min, m_max); | |
1246 | ||
1247 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1248 | } | |
1249 | else | |
1250 | #endif | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | // just a text control | |
1253 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1254 | ||
1255 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1256 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1257 | #endif | |
1258 | } | |
1259 | } | |
1260 | ||
1261 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1262 | { | |
1263 | // first get the value | |
1264 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1265 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1266 | { | |
1267 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
1268 | } | |
1269 | else | |
1270 | { | |
1271 | m_valueOld = 0; | |
1272 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1273 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty()) | |
1274 | { | |
1275 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
1276 | return; | |
1277 | } | |
1278 | } | |
1279 | ||
1280 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1281 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1282 | { | |
1283 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
1284 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
1285 | } | |
1286 | else | |
1287 | #endif | |
1288 | { | |
1289 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1290 | } | |
1291 | } | |
1292 | ||
1293 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1294 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1295 | { | |
1296 | long value = 0; | |
1297 | wxString text; | |
1298 | ||
1299 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1300 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1301 | { | |
1302 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1303 | if ( value == m_valueOld ) | |
1304 | return false; | |
1305 | ||
1306 | text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1307 | } | |
1308 | else // using unconstrained input | |
1309 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1310 | { | |
1311 | const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1312 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1313 | if ( text.empty() ) | |
1314 | { | |
1315 | if ( textOld.empty() ) | |
1316 | return false; | |
1317 | } | |
1318 | else // non-empty text now (maybe 0) | |
1319 | { | |
1320 | if ( !text.ToLong(&value) ) | |
1321 | return false; | |
1322 | ||
1323 | // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is | |
1324 | // "0" something still did change | |
1325 | if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) ) | |
1326 | return false; | |
1327 | } | |
1328 | } | |
1329 | ||
1330 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1331 | if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1332 | table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
1333 | else | |
1334 | table->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1335 | ||
1336 | return true; | |
1337 | } | |
1338 | ||
1339 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
1340 | { | |
1341 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1342 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1343 | { | |
1344 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
1345 | } | |
1346 | else | |
1347 | #endif | |
1348 | { | |
1349 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1350 | } | |
1351 | } | |
1352 | ||
1353 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1354 | { | |
1355 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1356 | { | |
1357 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1358 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1359 | (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')) | |
1360 | { | |
1361 | return true; | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | } | |
1364 | ||
1365 | return false; | |
1366 | } | |
1367 | ||
1368 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1369 | { | |
1370 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1371 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
1372 | { | |
1373 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1376 | ||
1377 | // skip Skip() below | |
1378 | return; | |
1379 | } | |
1380 | } | |
1381 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1382 | else | |
1383 | { | |
1384 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ) | |
1385 | { | |
1386 | wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control; | |
1387 | spin->SetValue(keycode - '0'); | |
1388 | spin->SetSelection(1,1); | |
1389 | return; | |
1390 | } | |
1391 | } | |
1392 | #endif | |
1393 | ||
1394 | event.Skip(); | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | ||
1397 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1398 | { | |
1399 | if ( !params ) | |
1400 | { | |
1401 | // reset to default | |
1402 | m_min = | |
1403 | m_max = -1; | |
1404 | } | |
1405 | else | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | long tmp; | |
1408 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1409 | { | |
1410 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
1411 | ||
1412 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1413 | { | |
1414 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
1415 | ||
1416 | // skip the error message below | |
1417 | return; | |
1418 | } | |
1419 | } | |
1420 | ||
1421 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1422 | } | |
1423 | } | |
1424 | ||
1425 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
1426 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
1427 | { | |
1428 | wxString s; | |
1429 | ||
1430 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
1431 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
1434 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
1435 | } | |
1436 | else | |
1437 | #endif | |
1438 | { | |
1439 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
1440 | } | |
1441 | ||
1442 | return s; | |
1443 | } | |
1444 | ||
1445 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1446 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1447 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1448 | ||
1449 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | m_width = width; | |
1452 | m_precision = precision; | |
1453 | } | |
1454 | ||
1455 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1456 | wxWindowID id, | |
1457 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1460 | ||
1461 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1462 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1463 | #endif | |
1464 | } | |
1465 | ||
1466 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1467 | { | |
1468 | // first get the value | |
1469 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1470 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1471 | { | |
1472 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1473 | } | |
1474 | else | |
1475 | { | |
1476 | m_valueOld = 0.0; | |
1477 | ||
1478 | const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1479 | if ( !value.empty() ) | |
1480 | { | |
1481 | if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) ) | |
1482 | { | |
1483 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1484 | return; | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | } | |
1487 | } | |
1488 | ||
1489 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1490 | } | |
1491 | ||
1492 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1493 | { | |
1494 | const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()), | |
1495 | textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1496 | ||
1497 | double value; | |
1498 | if ( !text.empty() ) | |
1499 | { | |
1500 | if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) ) | |
1501 | return false; | |
1502 | } | |
1503 | else // new value is empty string | |
1504 | { | |
1505 | if ( textOld.empty() ) | |
1506 | return false; // nothing changed | |
1507 | ||
1508 | value = 0.; | |
1509 | } | |
1510 | ||
1511 | // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting | |
1512 | // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0. | |
1513 | if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() ) | |
1514 | return false; // nothing changed | |
1515 | ||
1516 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1517 | ||
1518 | if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1519 | table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1520 | else | |
1521 | table->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1522 | ||
1523 | return true; | |
1524 | } | |
1525 | ||
1526 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1527 | { | |
1528 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1529 | } | |
1530 | ||
1531 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1532 | { | |
1533 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1534 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1535 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1536 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1537 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1538 | ||
1539 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1540 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == | |
1541 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) ); | |
1542 | #else | |
1543 | bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") ); | |
1544 | #endif | |
1545 | ||
1546 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
1547 | || is_decimal_point ) | |
1548 | { | |
1549 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1550 | ||
1551 | // skip Skip() below | |
1552 | return; | |
1553 | } | |
1554 | ||
1555 | event.Skip(); | |
1556 | } | |
1557 | ||
1558 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1559 | { | |
1560 | if ( !params ) | |
1561 | { | |
1562 | // reset to default | |
1563 | m_width = | |
1564 | m_precision = -1; | |
1565 | } | |
1566 | else | |
1567 | { | |
1568 | long tmp; | |
1569 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1570 | { | |
1571 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1572 | ||
1573 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1574 | { | |
1575 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1576 | ||
1577 | // skip the error message below | |
1578 | return; | |
1579 | } | |
1580 | } | |
1581 | ||
1582 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1583 | } | |
1584 | } | |
1585 | ||
1586 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1587 | { | |
1588 | wxString fmt; | |
1589 | if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1) | |
1590 | { | |
1591 | // default precision | |
1592 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1593 | } | |
1594 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1) | |
1595 | { | |
1596 | // default width | |
1597 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1598 | } | |
1599 | else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 ) | |
1600 | { | |
1601 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1602 | } | |
1603 | else | |
1604 | { | |
1605 | // default width/precision | |
1606 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1607 | } | |
1608 | ||
1609 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1610 | } | |
1611 | ||
1612 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1613 | { | |
1614 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1617 | if ( isascii(keycode) ) | |
1618 | { | |
1619 | char tmpbuf[2]; | |
1620 | tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode; | |
1621 | tmpbuf[1] = '\0'; | |
1622 | wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent); | |
1623 | ||
1624 | #if wxUSE_INTL | |
1625 | const wxString decimalPoint = | |
1626 | wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER); | |
1627 | #else | |
1628 | const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.')); | |
1629 | #endif | |
1630 | ||
1631 | // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.' | |
1632 | if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || | |
1633 | tolower(keycode) == 'e' || | |
1634 | keycode == decimalPoint || | |
1635 | keycode == '+' || | |
1636 | keycode == '-' ) | |
1637 | { | |
1638 | return true; | |
1639 | } | |
1640 | } | |
1641 | } | |
1642 | ||
1643 | return false; | |
1644 | } | |
1645 | ||
1646 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1647 | ||
1648 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1649 | ||
1650 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1651 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1652 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1653 | ||
1654 | // the default values for GetValue() | |
1655 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") }; | |
1656 | ||
1657 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1658 | wxWindowID id, | |
1659 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1660 | { | |
1661 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1662 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1663 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1664 | ||
1665 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1666 | } | |
1667 | ||
1668 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1669 | { | |
1670 | bool resize = false; | |
1671 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1672 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1673 | ||
1674 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1675 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1676 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1677 | { | |
1678 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1679 | size = sizeBest; | |
1680 | ||
1681 | resize = true; | |
1682 | } | |
1683 | ||
1684 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1685 | { | |
1686 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1687 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1688 | ||
1689 | resize = true; | |
1690 | } | |
1691 | ||
1692 | if ( resize ) | |
1693 | { | |
1694 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1695 | } | |
1696 | ||
1697 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1698 | ||
1699 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1700 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1701 | // so shift it to the right | |
1702 | size.x -= 8; | |
1703 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1704 | // here too, but in other way | |
1705 | size.x += 1; | |
1706 | size.y -= 2; | |
1707 | #endif | |
1708 | ||
1709 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1710 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1711 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1712 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1713 | ||
1714 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1715 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1716 | { | |
1717 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1718 | ||
1719 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1720 | x += 2; | |
1721 | #endif | |
1722 | ||
1723 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1724 | } | |
1725 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1726 | { | |
1727 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1728 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1729 | } | |
1730 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1731 | { | |
1732 | x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
1733 | y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
1734 | } | |
1735 | ||
1736 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1737 | } | |
1738 | ||
1739 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1740 | { | |
1741 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1742 | ||
1743 | if ( show ) | |
1744 | { | |
1745 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1746 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1747 | } | |
1748 | } | |
1749 | ||
1750 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1753 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1754 | ||
1755 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1756 | { | |
1757 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1758 | } | |
1759 | else | |
1760 | { | |
1761 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1762 | ||
1763 | if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] ) | |
1764 | m_startValue = false; | |
1765 | else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] ) | |
1766 | m_startValue = true; | |
1767 | else | |
1768 | { | |
1769 | // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false | |
1770 | // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and | |
1771 | // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them | |
1772 | // know about it | |
1773 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") ); | |
1774 | } | |
1775 | } | |
1776 | ||
1777 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1778 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1779 | } | |
1780 | ||
1781 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1782 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1783 | { | |
1784 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1785 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1786 | ||
1787 | bool changed = false; | |
1788 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1789 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1790 | changed = true; | |
1791 | ||
1792 | if ( changed ) | |
1793 | { | |
1794 | wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1795 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1796 | table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1797 | else | |
1798 | table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue()); | |
1799 | } | |
1800 | ||
1801 | return changed; | |
1802 | } | |
1803 | ||
1804 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1805 | { | |
1806 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1807 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1808 | ||
1809 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1810 | } | |
1811 | ||
1812 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1813 | { | |
1814 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1815 | } | |
1816 | ||
1817 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1818 | { | |
1819 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1822 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1823 | { | |
1824 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1825 | case '+': | |
1826 | case '-': | |
1827 | return true; | |
1828 | } | |
1829 | } | |
1830 | ||
1831 | return false; | |
1832 | } | |
1833 | ||
1834 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1835 | { | |
1836 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1837 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1838 | { | |
1839 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1840 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1841 | break; | |
1842 | ||
1843 | case '+': | |
1844 | CBox()->SetValue(true); | |
1845 | break; | |
1846 | ||
1847 | case '-': | |
1848 | CBox()->SetValue(false); | |
1849 | break; | |
1850 | } | |
1851 | } | |
1852 | ||
1853 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
1854 | { | |
1855 | return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()]; | |
1856 | } | |
1857 | ||
1858 | /* static */ void | |
1859 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue, | |
1860 | const wxString& valueFalse) | |
1861 | { | |
1862 | ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse; | |
1863 | ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue; | |
1864 | } | |
1865 | ||
1866 | /* static */ bool | |
1867 | wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value) | |
1868 | { | |
1869 | return value == ms_stringValues[true]; | |
1870 | } | |
1871 | ||
1872 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1873 | ||
1874 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1875 | ||
1876 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1877 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1878 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1879 | ||
1880 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices, | |
1881 | bool allowOthers) | |
1882 | : m_choices(choices), | |
1883 | m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { } | |
1884 | ||
1885 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1886 | const wxString choices[], | |
1887 | bool allowOthers) | |
1888 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1889 | { | |
1890 | if ( count ) | |
1891 | { | |
1892 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1893 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1894 | { | |
1895 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1896 | } | |
1897 | } | |
1898 | } | |
1899 | ||
1900 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1901 | { | |
1902 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1903 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1904 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1905 | ||
1906 | return editor; | |
1907 | } | |
1908 | ||
1909 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1910 | wxWindowID id, | |
1911 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1912 | { | |
1913 | int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | | |
1914 | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | | |
1915 | wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1916 | ||
1917 | if ( !m_allowOthers ) | |
1918 | style |= wxCB_READONLY; | |
1919 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1920 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1921 | m_choices, | |
1922 | style); | |
1923 | ||
1924 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | ||
1927 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1928 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1929 | { | |
1930 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1931 | // flicker | |
1932 | ||
1933 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1934 | // combo always defaults to the standard. Until someone has time to | |
1935 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way. | |
1936 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1937 | } | |
1938 | ||
1939 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1940 | { | |
1941 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1942 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!")); | |
1943 | ||
1944 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL; | |
1945 | if (m_control) | |
1946 | evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler); | |
1947 | ||
1948 | // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit | |
1949 | if (evtHandler) | |
1950 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true); | |
1951 | ||
1952 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1953 | ||
1954 | Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue | |
1955 | ||
1956 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1957 | ||
1958 | if (evtHandler) | |
1959 | { | |
1960 | // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event | |
1961 | // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet. | |
1962 | #if !defined(__WXGTK20__) | |
1963 | evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false); | |
1964 | #endif | |
1965 | } | |
1966 | } | |
1967 | ||
1968 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1969 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1970 | { | |
1971 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1972 | if ( value == m_startValue ) | |
1973 | return false; | |
1974 | ||
1975 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1976 | ||
1977 | return true; | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | ||
1980 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1981 | { | |
1982 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1983 | { | |
1984 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1985 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1986 | } | |
1987 | else // the combobox is read-only | |
1988 | { | |
1989 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
1990 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); | |
1991 | if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1992 | pos = 0; | |
1993 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
1994 | } | |
1995 | } | |
1996 | ||
1997 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1998 | { | |
1999 | if ( !params ) | |
2000 | { | |
2001 | // what can we do? | |
2002 | return; | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
2006 | ||
2007 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
2008 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
2011 | } | |
2012 | } | |
2013 | ||
2014 | // return the value in the text control | |
2015 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
2016 | { | |
2017 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
2018 | } | |
2019 | ||
2020 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2021 | ||
2022 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2023 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
2024 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2025 | ||
2026 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
2027 | { | |
2028 | // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it | |
2029 | if (m_inSetFocus) | |
2030 | return; | |
2031 | ||
2032 | // accept changes | |
2033 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
2034 | ||
2035 | event.Skip(); | |
2036 | } | |
2037 | ||
2038 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
2039 | { | |
2040 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
2041 | { | |
2042 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
2043 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
2044 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
2045 | break; | |
2046 | ||
2047 | case WXK_TAB: | |
2048 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
2049 | break; | |
2050 | ||
2051 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
2052 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
2053 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
2054 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
2055 | break; | |
2056 | ||
2057 | default: | |
2058 | event.Skip(); | |
2059 | break; | |
2060 | } | |
2061 | } | |
2062 | ||
2063 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
2064 | { | |
2065 | int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow(); | |
2066 | int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol(); | |
2067 | wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col ); | |
2068 | int cw, ch; | |
2069 | m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2070 | ||
2071 | // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible | |
2072 | bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw); | |
2073 | ||
2074 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
2075 | { | |
2076 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
2077 | case WXK_TAB: | |
2078 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
2079 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
2080 | break; | |
2081 | ||
2082 | case WXK_HOME: | |
2083 | { | |
2084 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
2085 | { | |
2086 | // no special processing needed... | |
2087 | event.Skip(); | |
2088 | break; | |
2089 | } | |
2090 | ||
2091 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
2092 | ||
2093 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
2094 | int colXPos = 0; | |
2095 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
2098 | } | |
2099 | ||
2100 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
2101 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
2102 | if (col != 0) | |
2103 | { | |
2104 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
2105 | } | |
2106 | else | |
2107 | { | |
2108 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
2109 | } | |
2110 | event.Skip(); | |
2111 | break; | |
2112 | } | |
2113 | ||
2114 | case WXK_END: | |
2115 | { | |
2116 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
2117 | { | |
2118 | // no special processing needed... | |
2119 | event.Skip(); | |
2120 | break; | |
2121 | } | |
2122 | ||
2123 | // do special processing for partly visible cell... | |
2124 | ||
2125 | int textWidth = 0; | |
2126 | wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col); | |
2127 | if ( wxEmptyString != value ) | |
2128 | { | |
2129 | // get width of cell CONTENTS (text) | |
2130 | int y; | |
2131 | wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col); | |
2132 | m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font); | |
2133 | ||
2134 | // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling | |
2135 | int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
2136 | ||
2137 | // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far, | |
2138 | // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar | |
2139 | // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction? | |
2140 | textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2)); | |
2141 | if ( textWidth < 0 ) | |
2142 | { | |
2143 | textWidth = 0; | |
2144 | } | |
2145 | } | |
2146 | ||
2147 | // get the widths of all cells previous to this one | |
2148 | int colXPos = 0; | |
2149 | for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ ) | |
2150 | { | |
2151 | colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i); | |
2152 | } | |
2153 | ||
2154 | // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents | |
2155 | // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents | |
2156 | colXPos += textWidth; | |
2157 | ||
2158 | int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1; | |
2159 | m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit); | |
2160 | m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL)); | |
2161 | event.Skip(); | |
2162 | break; | |
2163 | } | |
2164 | ||
2165 | default: | |
2166 | event.Skip(); | |
2167 | break; | |
2168 | } | |
2169 | } | |
2170 | ||
2171 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2172 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
2173 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
2174 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2175 | ||
2176 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
2177 | { | |
2178 | // nothing to do | |
2179 | } | |
2180 | ||
2181 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
2182 | { | |
2183 | } | |
2184 | ||
2185 | // ============================================================================ | |
2186 | // renderer classes | |
2187 | // ============================================================================ | |
2188 | ||
2189 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2190 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
2191 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2192 | ||
2193 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2194 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2195 | wxDC& dc, | |
2196 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2197 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2198 | bool isSelected) | |
2199 | { | |
2200 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID ); | |
2201 | ||
2202 | wxColour clr; | |
2203 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
2204 | { | |
2205 | if ( isSelected ) | |
2206 | { | |
2207 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) | |
2208 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); | |
2209 | else | |
2210 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); | |
2211 | } | |
2212 | else | |
2213 | { | |
2214 | clr = attr.GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2215 | } | |
2216 | } | |
2217 | else // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
2218 | { | |
2219 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE); | |
2220 | } | |
2221 | ||
2222 | dc.SetBrush(clr); | |
2223 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
2224 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
2225 | } | |
2226 | ||
2227 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2228 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
2229 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2230 | ||
2231 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid, | |
2232 | const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2233 | wxDC& dc, | |
2234 | bool isSelected) | |
2235 | { | |
2236 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
2237 | ||
2238 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
2239 | ||
2240 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
2241 | if ( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
2242 | { | |
2243 | if ( isSelected ) | |
2244 | { | |
2245 | wxColour clr; | |
2246 | if ( grid.HasFocus() ) | |
2247 | clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground(); | |
2248 | else | |
2249 | clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW); | |
2250 | dc.SetTextBackground( clr ); | |
2251 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
2252 | } | |
2253 | else | |
2254 | { | |
2255 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
2256 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
2257 | } | |
2258 | } | |
2259 | else | |
2260 | { | |
2261 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
2262 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
2263 | } | |
2264 | ||
2265 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
2266 | } | |
2267 | ||
2268 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2269 | wxDC& dc, | |
2270 | const wxString& text) | |
2271 | { | |
2272 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
2273 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
2274 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
2275 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
2276 | { | |
2277 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
2278 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
2279 | } | |
2280 | ||
2281 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
2282 | ||
2283 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | ||
2286 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2287 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2288 | wxDC& dc, | |
2289 | int row, int col) | |
2290 | { | |
2291 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
2292 | } | |
2293 | ||
2294 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2295 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2296 | wxDC& dc, | |
2297 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2298 | int row, int col, | |
2299 | bool isSelected) | |
2300 | { | |
2301 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2302 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2303 | ||
2304 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
2305 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2306 | ||
2307 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2308 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2309 | ||
2310 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
2311 | ||
2312 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
2313 | { | |
2314 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
2315 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
2316 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
2317 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0 | |
2318 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
2319 | { | |
2320 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
2321 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
2322 | { | |
2323 | bool is_empty = true; | |
2324 | for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
2325 | { | |
2326 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
2327 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
2328 | if (c_rows > 0) | |
2329 | c_rows = 0; | |
2330 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i)) | |
2331 | { | |
2332 | is_empty = false; | |
2333 | break; | |
2334 | } | |
2335 | } | |
2336 | ||
2337 | if (is_empty) | |
2338 | { | |
2339 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
2340 | } | |
2341 | else | |
2342 | { | |
2343 | i--; | |
2344 | break; | |
2345 | } | |
2346 | ||
2347 | if (rect.width >= best_width) | |
2348 | break; | |
2349 | } | |
2350 | ||
2351 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
2352 | if (overflowCols >= cols) | |
2353 | overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
2354 | } | |
2355 | ||
2356 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
2357 | { | |
2358 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
2359 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
2360 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
2361 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
2362 | int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols; | |
2363 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
2364 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
2365 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
2366 | { | |
2367 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
2368 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
2369 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
2370 | ||
2371 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
2372 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
2373 | ||
2374 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
2375 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2376 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
2377 | } | |
2378 | ||
2379 | rect = rectCell; | |
2380 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2381 | rect.width++; | |
2382 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
2383 | } | |
2384 | } | |
2385 | ||
2386 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
2387 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2388 | ||
2389 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
2390 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2391 | } | |
2392 | ||
2393 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2394 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
2395 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2396 | ||
2397 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2398 | { | |
2399 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2400 | wxString text; | |
2401 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
2402 | { | |
2403 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
2404 | } | |
2405 | else | |
2406 | { | |
2407 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2408 | } | |
2409 | ||
2410 | return text; | |
2411 | } | |
2412 | ||
2413 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2414 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2415 | wxDC& dc, | |
2416 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2417 | int row, int col, | |
2418 | bool isSelected) | |
2419 | { | |
2420 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2421 | ||
2422 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2423 | ||
2424 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2425 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2426 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2427 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2428 | ||
2429 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2430 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2431 | ||
2432 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2433 | } | |
2434 | ||
2435 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2436 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2437 | wxDC& dc, | |
2438 | int row, int col) | |
2439 | { | |
2440 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2441 | } | |
2442 | ||
2443 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2444 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
2445 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2446 | ||
2447 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
2448 | { | |
2449 | SetWidth(width); | |
2450 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
2451 | } | |
2452 | ||
2453 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
2454 | { | |
2455 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
2456 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
2457 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
2458 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
2459 | ||
2460 | return renderer; | |
2461 | } | |
2462 | ||
2463 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
2464 | { | |
2465 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
2466 | ||
2467 | bool hasDouble; | |
2468 | double val; | |
2469 | wxString text; | |
2470 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
2471 | { | |
2472 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
2473 | hasDouble = true; | |
2474 | } | |
2475 | else | |
2476 | { | |
2477 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
2478 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
2479 | } | |
2480 | ||
2481 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
2482 | { | |
2483 | if ( !m_format ) | |
2484 | { | |
2485 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
2486 | { | |
2487 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2488 | { | |
2489 | // default width/precision | |
2490 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
2491 | } | |
2492 | else | |
2493 | { | |
2494 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
2495 | } | |
2496 | } | |
2497 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | // default precision | |
2500 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
2501 | } | |
2502 | else | |
2503 | { | |
2504 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
2505 | } | |
2506 | } | |
2507 | ||
2508 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
2509 | ||
2510 | } | |
2511 | //else: text already contains the string | |
2512 | ||
2513 | return text; | |
2514 | } | |
2515 | ||
2516 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2517 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2518 | wxDC& dc, | |
2519 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
2520 | int row, int col, | |
2521 | bool isSelected) | |
2522 | { | |
2523 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
2524 | ||
2525 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
2526 | ||
2527 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
2528 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2529 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2530 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
2531 | ||
2532 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
2533 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
2534 | ||
2535 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
2536 | } | |
2537 | ||
2538 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2539 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2540 | wxDC& dc, | |
2541 | int row, int col) | |
2542 | { | |
2543 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
2544 | } | |
2545 | ||
2546 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
2547 | { | |
2548 | if ( !params ) | |
2549 | { | |
2550 | // reset to defaults | |
2551 | SetWidth(-1); | |
2552 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
2553 | } | |
2554 | else | |
2555 | { | |
2556 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
2557 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2558 | { | |
2559 | long width; | |
2560 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
2561 | { | |
2562 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
2563 | } | |
2564 | else | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2567 | } | |
2568 | } | |
2569 | ||
2570 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
2571 | if ( !tmp.empty() ) | |
2572 | { | |
2573 | long precision; | |
2574 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
2575 | { | |
2576 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
2577 | } | |
2578 | else | |
2579 | { | |
2580 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
2581 | } | |
2582 | } | |
2583 | } | |
2584 | } | |
2585 | ||
2586 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2587 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
2588 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2589 | ||
2590 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2591 | ||
2592 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
2593 | ||
2594 | // between checkmark and box | |
2595 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
2596 | ||
2597 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
2598 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
2599 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
2600 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
2601 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
2602 | { | |
2603 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
2604 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
2605 | { | |
2606 | // get checkbox size | |
2607 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString); | |
2608 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
2609 | wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
2610 | ||
2611 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2612 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
2613 | #endif | |
2614 | ||
2615 | delete checkbox; | |
2616 | ||
2617 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
2618 | } | |
2619 | ||
2620 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
2621 | } | |
2622 | ||
2623 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
2624 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
2625 | wxDC& dc, | |
2626 | const wxRect& rect, | |
2627 | int row, int col, | |
2628 | bool isSelected) | |
2629 | { | |
2630 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
2631 | ||
2632 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
2633 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
2634 | ||
2635 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
2636 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
2637 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
2638 | { | |
2639 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
2640 | size.x = size.y = minSize; | |
2641 | } | |
2642 | ||
2643 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
2644 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
2645 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2646 | ||
2647 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2648 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2649 | { | |
2650 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2; | |
2651 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2652 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2653 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2654 | } | |
2655 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2656 | { | |
2657 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2658 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2659 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2660 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2661 | } | |
2662 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2663 | { | |
2664 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2665 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2; | |
2666 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2667 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2668 | } | |
2669 | ||
2670 | bool value; | |
2671 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2672 | { | |
2673 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2674 | } | |
2675 | else | |
2676 | { | |
2677 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2678 | value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval); | |
2679 | } | |
2680 | ||
2681 | int flags = 0; | |
2682 | if (value) | |
2683 | flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED; | |
2684 | ||
2685 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags ); | |
2686 | } | |
2687 | ||
2688 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2689 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2690 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2691 | ||
2692 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2693 | { | |
2694 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2695 | ||
2696 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2697 | ||
2698 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2699 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2700 | ||
2701 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2702 | ||
2703 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2704 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2705 | ||
2706 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2707 | } | |
2708 | ||
2709 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2710 | { | |
2711 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2712 | ||
2713 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2714 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2715 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2716 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2717 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2718 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2719 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2720 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2721 | ||
2722 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2723 | ||
2724 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2725 | { | |
2726 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2727 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2728 | } | |
2729 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2730 | { | |
2731 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2732 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2733 | } | |
2734 | ||
2735 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2736 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2737 | ||
2738 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); | |
2739 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2740 | ||
2741 | return attr; | |
2742 | } | |
2743 | ||
2744 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2745 | { | |
2746 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2747 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2748 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2749 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2750 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2751 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2752 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
2753 | { | |
2754 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2755 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2756 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2757 | } | |
2758 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
2759 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2760 | ||
2761 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2762 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2763 | // | |
2764 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2765 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2766 | { | |
2767 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2768 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2769 | } | |
2770 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2771 | { | |
2772 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2773 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2774 | } | |
2775 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2776 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2777 | ||
2778 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2779 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2780 | ||
2781 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2782 | } | |
2783 | ||
2784 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2785 | { | |
2786 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2787 | ||
2788 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2789 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2790 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2791 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2792 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2793 | ||
2794 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2795 | ||
2796 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
2797 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
2798 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
2799 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
2800 | ||
2801 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
2802 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
2803 | } | |
2804 | ||
2805 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
2806 | { | |
2807 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
2808 | { | |
2809 | return m_colText; | |
2810 | } | |
2811 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2812 | { | |
2813 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
2814 | } | |
2815 | else | |
2816 | { | |
2817 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2818 | return wxNullColour; | |
2819 | } | |
2820 | } | |
2821 | ||
2822 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
2823 | { | |
2824 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
2825 | { | |
2826 | return m_colBack; | |
2827 | } | |
2828 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2829 | { | |
2830 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2831 | } | |
2832 | else | |
2833 | { | |
2834 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2835 | return wxNullColour; | |
2836 | } | |
2837 | } | |
2838 | ||
2839 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
2840 | { | |
2841 | if (HasFont()) | |
2842 | { | |
2843 | return m_font; | |
2844 | } | |
2845 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2846 | { | |
2847 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | else | |
2850 | { | |
2851 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2852 | return wxNullFont; | |
2853 | } | |
2854 | } | |
2855 | ||
2856 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
2857 | { | |
2858 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
2859 | { | |
2860 | if ( hAlign ) | |
2861 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2862 | if ( vAlign ) | |
2863 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2864 | } | |
2865 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2866 | { | |
2867 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2868 | } | |
2869 | else | |
2870 | { | |
2871 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2872 | } | |
2873 | } | |
2874 | ||
2875 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
2876 | { | |
2877 | if ( num_rows ) | |
2878 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
2879 | if ( num_cols ) | |
2880 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
2881 | } | |
2882 | ||
2883 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2884 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2885 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2886 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2887 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2888 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2889 | ||
2890 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2891 | { | |
2892 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
2893 | ||
2894 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2895 | { | |
2896 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
2897 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2898 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2899 | } | |
2900 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
2901 | { | |
2902 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
2903 | if ( grid ) | |
2904 | { | |
2905 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2906 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2907 | } | |
2908 | ||
2909 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
2910 | { | |
2911 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2912 | { | |
2913 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2914 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2915 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2916 | } | |
2917 | else // default grid attr | |
2918 | { | |
2919 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2920 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2921 | if ( renderer ) | |
2922 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2923 | } | |
2924 | } | |
2925 | } | |
2926 | ||
2927 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2928 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2929 | ||
2930 | return renderer; | |
2931 | } | |
2932 | ||
2933 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2934 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2935 | { | |
2936 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
2937 | ||
2938 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2939 | { | |
2940 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2941 | editor = m_editor; | |
2942 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2943 | } | |
2944 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2945 | { | |
2946 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2947 | if ( grid ) | |
2948 | { | |
2949 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2950 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2951 | } | |
2952 | ||
2953 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
2954 | { | |
2955 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
2956 | { | |
2957 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2958 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2959 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2960 | } | |
2961 | else // default grid attr | |
2962 | { | |
2963 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2964 | editor = m_editor; | |
2965 | if ( editor ) | |
2966 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2967 | } | |
2968 | } | |
2969 | } | |
2970 | ||
2971 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2972 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2973 | ||
2974 | return editor; | |
2975 | } | |
2976 | ||
2977 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2978 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2979 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2980 | ||
2981 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2982 | { | |
2983 | // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not | |
2984 | // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this | |
2985 | // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr | |
2986 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2987 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2988 | { | |
2989 | if ( attr ) | |
2990 | { | |
2991 | // add the attribute | |
2992 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2993 | } | |
2994 | //else: nothing to do | |
2995 | } | |
2996 | else // we already have an attribute for this cell | |
2997 | { | |
2998 | if ( attr ) | |
2999 | { | |
3000 | // change the attribute | |
3001 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr); | |
3002 | } | |
3003 | else | |
3004 | { | |
3005 | // remove this attribute | |
3006 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
3007 | } | |
3008 | } | |
3009 | } | |
3010 | ||
3011 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
3012 | { | |
3013 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
3014 | ||
3015 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
3016 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3017 | { | |
3018 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
3019 | attr->IncRef(); | |
3020 | } | |
3021 | ||
3022 | return attr; | |
3023 | } | |
3024 | ||
3025 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
3026 | { | |
3027 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3028 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3029 | { | |
3030 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
3031 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
3032 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
3033 | { | |
3034 | if (numRows > 0) | |
3035 | { | |
3036 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
3037 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
3038 | } | |
3039 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
3040 | { | |
3041 | // If rows deleted ... | |
3042 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
3043 | { | |
3044 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
3045 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
3046 | } | |
3047 | else | |
3048 | { | |
3049 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
3050 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3051 | n--; | |
3052 | count--; | |
3053 | } | |
3054 | } | |
3055 | } | |
3056 | } | |
3057 | } | |
3058 | ||
3059 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
3060 | { | |
3061 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3062 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3063 | { | |
3064 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
3065 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
3066 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
3067 | { | |
3068 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
3069 | { | |
3070 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
3071 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
3072 | } | |
3073 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
3074 | { | |
3075 | // If rows deleted ... | |
3076 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
3077 | { | |
3078 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
3079 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
3080 | } | |
3081 | else | |
3082 | { | |
3083 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
3084 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3085 | n--; | |
3086 | count--; | |
3087 | } | |
3088 | } | |
3089 | } | |
3090 | } | |
3091 | } | |
3092 | ||
3093 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
3094 | { | |
3095 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3096 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3097 | { | |
3098 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
3099 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
3100 | { | |
3101 | return n; | |
3102 | } | |
3103 | } | |
3104 | ||
3105 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3106 | } | |
3107 | ||
3108 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3109 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
3110 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3111 | ||
3112 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
3113 | { | |
3114 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3115 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3116 | { | |
3117 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3118 | } | |
3119 | } | |
3120 | ||
3121 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
3122 | { | |
3123 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
3124 | ||
3125 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
3126 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3127 | { | |
3128 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
3129 | attr->IncRef(); | |
3130 | } | |
3131 | ||
3132 | return attr; | |
3133 | } | |
3134 | ||
3135 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
3136 | { | |
3137 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
3138 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3139 | { | |
3140 | if ( attr ) | |
3141 | { | |
3142 | // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count | |
3143 | // since we take ownership of the attribute. | |
3144 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
3145 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
3146 | } | |
3147 | // nothing to remove | |
3148 | } | |
3149 | else | |
3150 | { | |
3151 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
3152 | if ( m_attrs[n] == attr ) | |
3153 | // nothing to do | |
3154 | return; | |
3155 | if ( attr ) | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | // change the attribute, handling reference count manually, | |
3158 | // taking ownership of the new attribute. | |
3159 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3160 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
3161 | } | |
3162 | else | |
3163 | { | |
3164 | // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually | |
3165 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3166 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
3167 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3168 | } | |
3169 | } | |
3170 | } | |
3171 | ||
3172 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
3173 | { | |
3174 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
3175 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
3176 | { | |
3177 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
3178 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
3179 | { | |
3180 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
3181 | { | |
3182 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
3183 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
3184 | } | |
3185 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
3186 | { | |
3187 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
3188 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
3189 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
3190 | else | |
3191 | { | |
3192 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
3193 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
3194 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
3195 | n--; | |
3196 | count--; | |
3197 | } | |
3198 | } | |
3199 | } | |
3200 | } | |
3201 | } | |
3202 | ||
3203 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3204 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
3205 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3206 | ||
3207 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
3208 | { | |
3209 | m_data = NULL; | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | ||
3212 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
3213 | { | |
3214 | delete m_data; | |
3215 | } | |
3216 | ||
3217 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
3220 | } | |
3221 | ||
3222 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
3223 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
3224 | { | |
3225 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
3226 | if ( m_data ) | |
3227 | { | |
3228 | switch (kind) | |
3229 | { | |
3230 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
3231 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
3232 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
3233 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
3234 | if (!attr) | |
3235 | { | |
3236 | // Basically implement old version. | |
3237 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
3238 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
3239 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
3240 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
3241 | ||
3242 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
3243 | { | |
3244 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
3245 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
3246 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
3247 | ||
3248 | // Order is important.. | |
3249 | if (attrcell) | |
3250 | { | |
3251 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
3252 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
3253 | } | |
3254 | if (attrcol) | |
3255 | { | |
3256 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
3257 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
3258 | } | |
3259 | if (attrrow) | |
3260 | { | |
3261 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
3262 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
3263 | } | |
3264 | ||
3265 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
3266 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
3267 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3268 | } | |
3269 | else | |
3270 | { | |
3271 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
3272 | if (attrrow) | |
3273 | attr = attrrow; | |
3274 | if (attrcol) | |
3275 | { | |
3276 | if (attr) | |
3277 | attr->DecRef(); | |
3278 | attr = attrcol; | |
3279 | } | |
3280 | if (attrcell) | |
3281 | { | |
3282 | if (attr) | |
3283 | attr->DecRef(); | |
3284 | attr = attrcell; | |
3285 | } | |
3286 | } | |
3287 | } | |
3288 | break; | |
3289 | ||
3290 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
3291 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
3292 | break; | |
3293 | ||
3294 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
3295 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
3296 | break; | |
3297 | ||
3298 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
3299 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
3300 | break; | |
3301 | ||
3302 | default: | |
3303 | // unused as yet... | |
3304 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
3305 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
3306 | break; | |
3307 | } | |
3308 | } | |
3309 | ||
3310 | return attr; | |
3311 | } | |
3312 | ||
3313 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
3314 | int row, int col) | |
3315 | { | |
3316 | if ( !m_data ) | |
3317 | InitData(); | |
3318 | ||
3319 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3320 | } | |
3321 | ||
3322 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3323 | { | |
3324 | if ( !m_data ) | |
3325 | InitData(); | |
3326 | ||
3327 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
3328 | } | |
3329 | ||
3330 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3331 | { | |
3332 | if ( !m_data ) | |
3333 | InitData(); | |
3334 | ||
3335 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
3336 | } | |
3337 | ||
3338 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
3339 | { | |
3340 | if ( m_data ) | |
3341 | { | |
3342 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3343 | ||
3344 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
3345 | } | |
3346 | } | |
3347 | ||
3348 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
3349 | { | |
3350 | if ( m_data ) | |
3351 | { | |
3352 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
3353 | ||
3354 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
3355 | } | |
3356 | } | |
3357 | ||
3358 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3359 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
3360 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3361 | ||
3362 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
3363 | { | |
3364 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
3365 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
3366 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
3367 | } | |
3368 | ||
3369 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
3370 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
3371 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
3372 | { | |
3373 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3374 | ||
3375 | // is it already registered? | |
3376 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
3377 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3378 | { | |
3379 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
3380 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
3381 | } | |
3382 | else | |
3383 | { | |
3384 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
3385 | } | |
3386 | } | |
3387 | ||
3388 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
3391 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
3392 | { | |
3393 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
3394 | { | |
3395 | return i; | |
3396 | } | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | ||
3399 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3400 | } | |
3401 | ||
3402 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3403 | { | |
3404 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
3405 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3406 | { | |
3407 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
3408 | // register it "on the fly" | |
3409 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3410 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
3411 | { | |
3412 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
3413 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
3414 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3415 | } | |
3416 | else | |
3417 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3418 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
3419 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
3420 | { | |
3421 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
3422 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
3423 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
3424 | } | |
3425 | else | |
3426 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
3427 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3428 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
3429 | { | |
3430 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
3431 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
3432 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
3433 | } | |
3434 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
3435 | { | |
3436 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
3437 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
3438 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
3439 | } | |
3440 | else | |
3441 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
3442 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
3443 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
3444 | { | |
3445 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
3446 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
3447 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
3448 | } | |
3449 | else | |
3450 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
3451 | { | |
3452 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3453 | } | |
3454 | ||
3455 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
3456 | // the last index | |
3457 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3458 | } | |
3459 | ||
3460 | return index; | |
3461 | } | |
3462 | ||
3463 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
3464 | { | |
3465 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
3466 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3467 | { | |
3468 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
3469 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
3470 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
3471 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3472 | { | |
3473 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
3474 | } | |
3475 | ||
3476 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
3477 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
3478 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
3479 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
3480 | ||
3481 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
3482 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
3483 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
3484 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
3485 | ||
3486 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
3487 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
3488 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
3489 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
3490 | ||
3491 | // register the new typename | |
3492 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
3493 | ||
3494 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
3495 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
3496 | } | |
3497 | ||
3498 | return index; | |
3499 | } | |
3500 | ||
3501 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
3502 | { | |
3503 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
3504 | if (renderer) | |
3505 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
3506 | ||
3507 | return renderer; | |
3508 | } | |
3509 | ||
3510 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
3511 | { | |
3512 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
3513 | if (editor) | |
3514 | editor->IncRef(); | |
3515 | ||
3516 | return editor; | |
3517 | } | |
3518 | ||
3519 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3520 | // wxGridTableBase | |
3521 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3522 | ||
3523 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
3524 | ||
3525 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
3526 | { | |
3527 | m_view = NULL; | |
3528 | m_attrProvider = NULL; | |
3529 | } | |
3530 | ||
3531 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3534 | } | |
3535 | ||
3536 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
3537 | { | |
3538 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
3539 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
3540 | } | |
3541 | ||
3542 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
3543 | { | |
3544 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
3545 | { | |
3546 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
3547 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
3548 | } | |
3549 | ||
3550 | return true; | |
3551 | } | |
3552 | ||
3553 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
3554 | { | |
3555 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3556 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
3557 | else | |
3558 | return NULL; | |
3559 | } | |
3560 | ||
3561 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
3562 | { | |
3563 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3564 | { | |
3565 | if ( attr ) | |
3566 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
3567 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
3568 | } | |
3569 | else | |
3570 | { | |
3571 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3572 | // free it now | |
3573 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3574 | } | |
3575 | } | |
3576 | ||
3577 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
3578 | { | |
3579 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3580 | { | |
3581 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
3582 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
3583 | } | |
3584 | else | |
3585 | { | |
3586 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3587 | // free it now | |
3588 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3589 | } | |
3590 | } | |
3591 | ||
3592 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
3593 | { | |
3594 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
3595 | { | |
3596 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
3597 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
3598 | } | |
3599 | else | |
3600 | { | |
3601 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
3602 | // free it now | |
3603 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
3604 | } | |
3605 | } | |
3606 | ||
3607 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3608 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3609 | { | |
3610 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
3611 | ||
3612 | return false; | |
3613 | } | |
3614 | ||
3615 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3616 | { | |
3617 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3618 | ||
3619 | return false; | |
3620 | } | |
3621 | ||
3622 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3623 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
3624 | { | |
3625 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3626 | ||
3627 | return false; | |
3628 | } | |
3629 | ||
3630 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3631 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3634 | ||
3635 | return false; | |
3636 | } | |
3637 | ||
3638 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3639 | { | |
3640 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3641 | ||
3642 | return false; | |
3643 | } | |
3644 | ||
3645 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
3646 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
3647 | { | |
3648 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
3649 | ||
3650 | return false; | |
3651 | } | |
3652 | ||
3653 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3654 | { | |
3655 | wxString s; | |
3656 | ||
3657 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
3658 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
3659 | s << row + 1; | |
3660 | ||
3661 | return s; | |
3662 | } | |
3663 | ||
3664 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3665 | { | |
3666 | // default col labels are: | |
3667 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
3668 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
3669 | // etc. | |
3670 | ||
3671 | wxString s; | |
3672 | unsigned int i, n; | |
3673 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
3674 | { | |
3675 | s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
3676 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
3677 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
3678 | break; | |
3679 | } | |
3680 | ||
3681 | // reverse the string... | |
3682 | wxString s2; | |
3683 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3684 | { | |
3685 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
3686 | } | |
3687 | ||
3688 | return s2; | |
3689 | } | |
3690 | ||
3691 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3692 | { | |
3693 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3694 | } | |
3695 | ||
3696 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3697 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3698 | { | |
3699 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3700 | } | |
3701 | ||
3702 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3703 | { | |
3704 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3705 | } | |
3706 | ||
3707 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3708 | { | |
3709 | return 0; | |
3710 | } | |
3711 | ||
3712 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3713 | { | |
3714 | return 0.0; | |
3715 | } | |
3716 | ||
3717 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3718 | { | |
3719 | return false; | |
3720 | } | |
3721 | ||
3722 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3723 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3724 | { | |
3725 | } | |
3726 | ||
3727 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3728 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3729 | { | |
3730 | } | |
3731 | ||
3732 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3733 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3734 | { | |
3735 | } | |
3736 | ||
3737 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3738 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3739 | { | |
3740 | return NULL; | |
3741 | } | |
3742 | ||
3743 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3744 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3745 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3746 | { | |
3747 | } | |
3748 | ||
3749 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3750 | // | |
3751 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3752 | // to the grid view | |
3753 | // | |
3754 | ||
3755 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3756 | { | |
3757 | m_table = NULL; | |
3758 | m_id = -1; | |
3759 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3760 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3761 | } | |
3762 | ||
3763 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3764 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3765 | { | |
3766 | m_table = table; | |
3767 | m_id = id; | |
3768 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3769 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3770 | } | |
3771 | ||
3772 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3773 | // | |
3774 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3775 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3776 | // | |
3777 | ||
3778 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3779 | ||
3780 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3781 | ||
3782 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3783 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3784 | { | |
3785 | } | |
3786 | ||
3787 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3788 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3789 | { | |
3790 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3791 | ||
3792 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3793 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3794 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3795 | ||
3796 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3797 | } | |
3798 | ||
3799 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
3800 | { | |
3801 | } | |
3802 | ||
3803 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
3804 | { | |
3805 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
3806 | } | |
3807 | ||
3808 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
3809 | { | |
3810 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
3811 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3812 | else | |
3813 | return 0; | |
3814 | } | |
3815 | ||
3816 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
3817 | { | |
3818 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3819 | wxEmptyString, | |
3820 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3821 | ||
3822 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
3823 | } | |
3824 | ||
3825 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3826 | { | |
3827 | wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3828 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3829 | ||
3830 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
3831 | } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
3834 | { | |
3835 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3836 | true, | |
3837 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3838 | ||
3839 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
3840 | } | |
3841 | ||
3842 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
3843 | { | |
3844 | int row, col; | |
3845 | int numRows, numCols; | |
3846 | ||
3847 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3848 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
3849 | { | |
3850 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3851 | ||
3852 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
3853 | { | |
3854 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
3855 | { | |
3856 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
3857 | } | |
3858 | } | |
3859 | } | |
3860 | } | |
3861 | ||
3862 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3863 | { | |
3864 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3865 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3866 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3867 | ||
3868 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3869 | { | |
3870 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
3871 | } | |
3872 | ||
3873 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3874 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3875 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3876 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
3877 | ||
3878 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3879 | { | |
3880 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3881 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
3882 | pos, | |
3883 | numRows ); | |
3884 | ||
3885 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3886 | } | |
3887 | ||
3888 | return true; | |
3889 | } | |
3890 | ||
3891 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
3892 | { | |
3893 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3894 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3895 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3896 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3897 | ||
3898 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3899 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
3900 | { | |
3901 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3902 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3903 | } | |
3904 | ||
3905 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3906 | ||
3907 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3908 | { | |
3909 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3910 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
3911 | numRows ); | |
3912 | ||
3913 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3914 | } | |
3915 | ||
3916 | return true; | |
3917 | } | |
3918 | ||
3919 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3920 | { | |
3921 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3922 | ||
3923 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3924 | { | |
3925 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3926 | ( | |
3927 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
3928 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3929 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
3930 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
3931 | ) ); | |
3932 | ||
3933 | return false; | |
3934 | } | |
3935 | ||
3936 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3937 | { | |
3938 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3939 | } | |
3940 | ||
3941 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3942 | { | |
3943 | m_data.Clear(); | |
3944 | } | |
3945 | else | |
3946 | { | |
3947 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
3948 | } | |
3949 | ||
3950 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3951 | { | |
3952 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3953 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3954 | pos, | |
3955 | numRows ); | |
3956 | ||
3957 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3958 | } | |
3959 | ||
3960 | return true; | |
3961 | } | |
3962 | ||
3963 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3964 | { | |
3965 | size_t row, col; | |
3966 | ||
3967 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3968 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
3969 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
3970 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3971 | ||
3972 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3973 | { | |
3974 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3975 | } | |
3976 | ||
3977 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
3978 | { | |
3979 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
3980 | ||
3981 | size_t i; | |
3982 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
3983 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
3984 | } | |
3985 | ||
3986 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3987 | { | |
3988 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3989 | { | |
3990 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3991 | } | |
3992 | } | |
3993 | ||
3994 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3995 | { | |
3996 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3997 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3998 | pos, | |
3999 | numCols ); | |
4000 | ||
4001 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4002 | } | |
4003 | ||
4004 | return true; | |
4005 | } | |
4006 | ||
4007 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
4008 | { | |
4009 | size_t row; | |
4010 | ||
4011 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4012 | ||
4013 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
4014 | { | |
4015 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
4016 | } | |
4017 | ||
4018 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4019 | { | |
4020 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4021 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
4022 | numCols ); | |
4023 | ||
4024 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4025 | } | |
4026 | ||
4027 | return true; | |
4028 | } | |
4029 | ||
4030 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
4031 | { | |
4032 | size_t row; | |
4033 | ||
4034 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
4035 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
4036 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
4037 | ||
4038 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
4039 | { | |
4040 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
4041 | ( | |
4042 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
4043 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
4044 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
4045 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
4046 | ) ); | |
4047 | return false; | |
4048 | } | |
4049 | ||
4050 | int colID; | |
4051 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4052 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
4053 | else | |
4054 | colID = pos; | |
4055 | ||
4056 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
4057 | { | |
4058 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
4059 | } | |
4060 | ||
4061 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
4062 | { | |
4063 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only | |
4064 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one | |
4065 | // element and not numCols, so account for it | |
4066 | int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; | |
4067 | if ( nToRm > 0 ) | |
4068 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); | |
4069 | } | |
4070 | ||
4071 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
4072 | { | |
4073 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
4074 | { | |
4075 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
4076 | } | |
4077 | else | |
4078 | { | |
4079 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
4080 | } | |
4081 | } | |
4082 | ||
4083 | if ( GetView() ) | |
4084 | { | |
4085 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
4086 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
4087 | pos, | |
4088 | numCols ); | |
4089 | ||
4090 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
4091 | } | |
4092 | ||
4093 | return true; | |
4094 | } | |
4095 | ||
4096 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
4097 | { | |
4098 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4099 | { | |
4100 | // using default label | |
4101 | // | |
4102 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
4103 | } | |
4104 | else | |
4105 | { | |
4106 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
4107 | } | |
4108 | } | |
4109 | ||
4110 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
4111 | { | |
4112 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4113 | { | |
4114 | // using default label | |
4115 | // | |
4116 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
4117 | } | |
4118 | else | |
4119 | { | |
4120 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
4121 | } | |
4122 | } | |
4123 | ||
4124 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
4125 | { | |
4126 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4127 | { | |
4128 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
4129 | int i; | |
4130 | ||
4131 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
4132 | { | |
4133 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
4134 | } | |
4135 | } | |
4136 | ||
4137 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
4138 | } | |
4139 | ||
4140 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
4141 | { | |
4142 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
4143 | { | |
4144 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
4145 | int i; | |
4146 | ||
4147 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
4148 | { | |
4149 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
4150 | } | |
4151 | } | |
4152 | ||
4153 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
4154 | } | |
4155 | ||
4156 | ||
4157 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4158 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4159 | ||
4160 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) | |
4161 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) | |
4162 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4163 | ||
4164 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
4165 | { | |
4166 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); | |
4167 | } | |
4168 | ||
4169 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
4170 | ||
4171 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4172 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4173 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4174 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4175 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4176 | ||
4177 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
4178 | wxWindowID id, | |
4179 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
4180 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) | |
4181 | { | |
4182 | m_owner = parent; | |
4183 | } | |
4184 | ||
4185 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4186 | { | |
4187 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4188 | ||
4189 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
4190 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
4191 | // set the y coord - MB | |
4192 | // | |
4193 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4194 | ||
4195 | int x, y; | |
4196 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
4197 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
4198 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); | |
4199 | ||
4200 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
4201 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
4202 | } | |
4203 | ||
4204 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4205 | { | |
4206 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
4207 | } | |
4208 | ||
4209 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4210 | { | |
4211 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
4212 | } | |
4213 | ||
4214 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4215 | ||
4216 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
4217 | ||
4218 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4219 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4220 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4221 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4222 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4223 | ||
4224 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
4225 | wxWindowID id, | |
4226 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
4227 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) | |
4228 | { | |
4229 | m_owner = parent; | |
4230 | } | |
4231 | ||
4232 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4233 | { | |
4234 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4235 | ||
4236 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
4237 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
4238 | // set the x coord - MB | |
4239 | // | |
4240 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4241 | ||
4242 | int x, y; | |
4243 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
4244 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
4245 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
4246 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); | |
4247 | else | |
4248 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); | |
4249 | ||
4250 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
4251 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
4252 | } | |
4253 | ||
4254 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4255 | { | |
4256 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
4257 | } | |
4258 | ||
4259 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4260 | { | |
4261 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
4262 | } | |
4263 | ||
4264 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4265 | ||
4266 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
4267 | ||
4268 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4269 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4270 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4271 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4272 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4273 | ||
4274 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
4275 | wxWindowID id, | |
4276 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
4277 | const wxSize& size ) | |
4278 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size) | |
4279 | { | |
4280 | m_owner = parent; | |
4281 | } | |
4282 | ||
4283 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4284 | { | |
4285 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4286 | ||
4287 | m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc); | |
4288 | } | |
4289 | ||
4290 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4291 | { | |
4292 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
4293 | } | |
4294 | ||
4295 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4296 | { | |
4297 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4298 | } | |
4299 | ||
4300 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4301 | ||
4302 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
4303 | ||
4304 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
4305 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
4306 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
4307 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
4308 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
4309 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
4310 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
4311 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
4312 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
4313 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4314 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4315 | ||
4316 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
4317 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
4318 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
4319 | wxWindowID id, | |
4320 | const wxPoint &pos, | |
4321 | const wxSize &size ) | |
4322 | : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4323 | wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, | |
4324 | wxT("grid window") ) | |
4325 | { | |
4326 | m_owner = parent; | |
4327 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
4328 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
4329 | } | |
4330 | ||
4331 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4332 | { | |
4333 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
4334 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4335 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
4336 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
4337 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
4338 | ||
4339 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
4340 | ||
4341 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
4342 | ||
4343 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
4344 | } | |
4345 | ||
4346 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
4347 | { | |
4348 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
4349 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
4350 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
4351 | } | |
4352 | ||
4353 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4354 | { | |
4355 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
4356 | SetFocus(); | |
4357 | ||
4358 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
4359 | } | |
4360 | ||
4361 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4362 | { | |
4363 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
4364 | } | |
4365 | ||
4366 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
4367 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
4368 | // | |
4369 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4370 | { | |
4371 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4372 | event.Skip(); | |
4373 | } | |
4374 | ||
4375 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4376 | { | |
4377 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4378 | event.Skip(); | |
4379 | } | |
4380 | ||
4381 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4382 | { | |
4383 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4384 | event.Skip(); | |
4385 | } | |
4386 | ||
4387 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4388 | { | |
4389 | } | |
4390 | ||
4391 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
4392 | { | |
4393 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it | |
4394 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: | |
4395 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) | |
4396 | { | |
4397 | Refresh(); | |
4398 | } | |
4399 | else | |
4400 | { | |
4401 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other | |
4402 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling | |
4403 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if | |
4404 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh | |
4405 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" | |
4406 | // branch so that it's always executed. | |
4407 | ||
4408 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: | |
4409 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), | |
4410 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); | |
4411 | const wxRect cursor = | |
4412 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); | |
4413 | Refresh(true, &cursor); | |
4414 | } | |
4415 | ||
4416 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
4417 | event.Skip(); | |
4418 | } | |
4419 | ||
4420 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
4421 | #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true) | |
4422 | ||
4423 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
4424 | ||
4425 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
4426 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4427 | ||
4428 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4429 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
4430 | // use them for streaming out | |
4431 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
4432 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
4433 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
4434 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
4435 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
4436 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
4437 | ||
4438 | // old style border flags | |
4439 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
4440 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
4441 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
4442 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
4443 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
4444 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
4445 | ||
4446 | // standard window styles | |
4447 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
4448 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
4449 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
4450 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
4451 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
4452 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
4453 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
4454 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
4455 | ||
4456 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
4457 | ||
4458 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
4459 | ||
4460 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4461 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
4462 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
4463 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
4464 | ||
4465 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
4466 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
4467 | ||
4468 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
4469 | ||
4470 | /* | |
4471 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
4472 | */ | |
4473 | #else | |
4474 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4475 | #endif | |
4476 | ||
4477 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
4478 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
4479 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
4480 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
4481 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
4482 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
4483 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
4484 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
4485 | ||
4486 | wxGrid::wxGrid() | |
4487 | { | |
4488 | InitVars(); | |
4489 | } | |
4490 | ||
4491 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
4492 | wxWindowID id, | |
4493 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
4494 | const wxSize& size, | |
4495 | long style, | |
4496 | const wxString& name ) | |
4497 | { | |
4498 | InitVars(); | |
4499 | Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name); | |
4500 | } | |
4501 | ||
4502 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
4503 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
4504 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
4505 | { | |
4506 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
4507 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
4508 | return false; | |
4509 | ||
4510 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4511 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
4512 | ||
4513 | Create(); | |
4514 | SetInitialSize(size); | |
4515 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
4516 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4517 | ||
4518 | return true; | |
4519 | } | |
4520 | ||
4521 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
4522 | { | |
4523 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
4524 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4525 | ||
4526 | // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is, | |
4527 | // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the | |
4528 | // half destroyed grid | |
4529 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4530 | ||
4531 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
4532 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
4533 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4534 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4535 | ||
4536 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
4537 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
4538 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
4539 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
4540 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
4541 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
4542 | #endif | |
4543 | ||
4544 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it | |
4545 | // with dangling view pointer | |
4546 | if ( m_ownTable ) | |
4547 | delete m_table; | |
4548 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) | |
4549 | m_table->SetView(NULL); | |
4550 | ||
4551 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
4552 | delete m_selection; | |
4553 | } | |
4554 | ||
4555 | // | |
4556 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
4557 | // | |
4558 | ||
4559 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
4560 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
4561 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
4562 | ||
4563 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
4564 | { | |
4565 | // create the type registry | |
4566 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
4567 | ||
4568 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
4569 | ||
4570 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
4571 | ||
4572 | // Set default cell attributes | |
4573 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
4574 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
4575 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
4576 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
4577 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
4578 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
4579 | ||
4580 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4581 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4582 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
4583 | ||
4584 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
4585 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
4586 | ||
4587 | #else | |
4588 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
4589 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
4590 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
4591 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
4592 | #endif | |
4593 | ||
4594 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4595 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4596 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4597 | ||
4598 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4599 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4600 | ||
4601 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
4602 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
4603 | wxID_ANY, | |
4604 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4605 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4606 | ||
4607 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
4608 | wxID_ANY, | |
4609 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4610 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4611 | ||
4612 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
4613 | wxID_ANY, | |
4614 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4615 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4616 | ||
4617 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
4618 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
4619 | m_colLabelWin, | |
4620 | wxID_ANY, | |
4621 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
4622 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
4623 | ||
4624 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
4625 | ||
4626 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
4627 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
4628 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
4629 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
4630 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
4631 | #else | |
4632 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4633 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
4634 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
4635 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
4636 | #endif | |
4637 | ||
4638 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4639 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4640 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4641 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4642 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
4643 | m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
4644 | ||
4645 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
4646 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
4647 | ||
4648 | Init(); | |
4649 | } | |
4650 | ||
4651 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
4652 | wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4653 | { | |
4654 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
4655 | false, | |
4656 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
4657 | ||
4658 | return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode); | |
4659 | } | |
4660 | ||
4661 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
4662 | { | |
4663 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
4664 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4665 | ||
4666 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
4667 | } | |
4668 | ||
4669 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
4670 | { | |
4671 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells, | |
4672 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4673 | ||
4674 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
4675 | } | |
4676 | ||
4677 | bool | |
4678 | wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table, | |
4679 | bool takeOwnership, | |
4680 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
4681 | { | |
4682 | bool checkSelection = false; | |
4683 | if ( m_created ) | |
4684 | { | |
4685 | // stop all processing | |
4686 | m_created = false; | |
4687 | ||
4688 | if (m_table) | |
4689 | { | |
4690 | m_table->SetView(0); | |
4691 | if( m_ownTable ) | |
4692 | delete m_table; | |
4693 | m_table = NULL; | |
4694 | } | |
4695 | ||
4696 | delete m_selection; | |
4697 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4698 | ||
4699 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4700 | m_numRows = 0; | |
4701 | m_numCols = 0; | |
4702 | checkSelection = true; | |
4703 | ||
4704 | // kill row and column size arrays | |
4705 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4706 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4707 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4708 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4709 | } | |
4710 | ||
4711 | if (table) | |
4712 | { | |
4713 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
4714 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
4715 | ||
4716 | m_table = table; | |
4717 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
4718 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
4719 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
4720 | if (checkSelection) | |
4721 | { | |
4722 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the | |
4723 | // original one current cell and selection regions | |
4724 | // might be invalid, | |
4725 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4726 | m_currentCellCoords = | |
4727 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), | |
4728 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); | |
4729 | if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || | |
4730 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) | |
4731 | { | |
4732 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4733 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4734 | } | |
4735 | else | |
4736 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
4737 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, | |
4738 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()), | |
4739 | wxMin(m_numCols, | |
4740 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol())); | |
4741 | } | |
4742 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4743 | ||
4744 | m_created = true; | |
4745 | } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | return m_created; | |
4748 | } | |
4749 | ||
4750 | void wxGrid::InitVars() | |
4751 | { | |
4752 | m_created = false; | |
4753 | ||
4754 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
4755 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
4756 | m_colLabelWin = NULL; | |
4757 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
4758 | ||
4759 | m_table = NULL; | |
4760 | m_ownTable = false; | |
4761 | ||
4762 | m_selection = NULL; | |
4763 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; | |
4764 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; | |
4765 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
4766 | } | |
4767 | ||
4768 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
4769 | { | |
4770 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
4771 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
4772 | ||
4773 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
4774 | { | |
4775 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
4776 | } | |
4777 | else | |
4778 | { | |
4779 | m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE; | |
4780 | } | |
4781 | ||
4782 | m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4783 | ||
4784 | // init attr cache | |
4785 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
4786 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
4787 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
4788 | ||
4789 | m_labelFont = GetFont(); | |
4790 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
4791 | ||
4792 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4793 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4794 | ||
4795 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4796 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
4797 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
4798 | ||
4799 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
4800 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
4801 | ||
4802 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
4803 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
4804 | ||
4805 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
4806 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
4807 | #else | |
4808 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
4809 | #endif | |
4810 | ||
4811 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
4812 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
4813 | m_gridLinesClipHorz = | |
4814 | m_gridLinesClipVert = true; | |
4815 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
4816 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
4817 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
4818 | ||
4819 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
4820 | ||
4821 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
4822 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
4823 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
4824 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
4825 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
4826 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
4827 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4828 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4829 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4830 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4831 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; | |
4832 | ||
4833 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
4834 | ||
4835 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4836 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4837 | ||
4838 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4839 | ||
4840 | ClearSelection(); | |
4841 | ||
4842 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4843 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4844 | ||
4845 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
4846 | ||
4847 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4848 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4849 | ||
4850 | m_extraWidth = | |
4851 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4852 | ||
4853 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
4854 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
4855 | } | |
4856 | ||
4857 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4858 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4859 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4860 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4861 | // arrays at all | |
4862 | // | |
4863 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights | |
4864 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but | |
4865 | // this is not done currently | |
4866 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4867 | ||
4868 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4869 | { | |
4870 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4871 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4872 | ||
4873 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4874 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4875 | ||
4876 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
4877 | ||
4878 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
4879 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
4882 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
4883 | } | |
4884 | } | |
4885 | ||
4886 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
4887 | { | |
4888 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4889 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4890 | ||
4891 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4892 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4893 | ||
4894 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
4895 | ||
4896 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4897 | { | |
4898 | int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
4899 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
4900 | } | |
4901 | } | |
4902 | ||
4903 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
4904 | { | |
4905 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
4906 | } | |
4907 | ||
4908 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
4909 | { | |
4910 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4911 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
4912 | } | |
4913 | ||
4914 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
4915 | { | |
4916 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4917 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
4918 | } | |
4919 | ||
4920 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
4921 | { | |
4922 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4923 | } | |
4924 | ||
4925 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
4926 | { | |
4927 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4928 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4929 | } | |
4930 | ||
4931 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
4932 | { | |
4933 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4934 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
4935 | } | |
4936 | ||
4937 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
4938 | { | |
4939 | // compute the size of the scrollable area | |
4940 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; | |
4941 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
4942 | ||
4943 | w += m_extraWidth; | |
4944 | h += m_extraHeight; | |
4945 | ||
4946 | // take into account editor if shown | |
4947 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4948 | { | |
4949 | int w2, h2; | |
4950 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4951 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4952 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
4953 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
4954 | ||
4955 | // how big is the editor | |
4956 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
4957 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
4958 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
4959 | w2 += x; | |
4960 | h2 += y; | |
4961 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
4962 | w = w2; | |
4963 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
4964 | h = h2; | |
4965 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4966 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4967 | } | |
4968 | ||
4969 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
4970 | int x, y; | |
4971 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
4972 | ||
4973 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
4974 | if ( x >= w ) | |
4975 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
4976 | if ( y >= h ) | |
4977 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
4978 | ||
4979 | // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it | |
4980 | m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h); | |
4981 | Scroll(x, y); | |
4982 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
4983 | ||
4984 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
4985 | // still must reposition the children | |
4986 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4987 | } | |
4988 | ||
4989 | wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) | |
4990 | { | |
4991 | wxSize sizeGridWin(size); | |
4992 | sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4993 | sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
4994 | ||
4995 | return sizeGridWin; | |
4996 | } | |
4997 | ||
4998 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
4999 | { | |
5000 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
5001 | ||
5002 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
5003 | return; | |
5004 | ||
5005 | int cw, ch; | |
5006 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5007 | ||
5008 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't | |
5009 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case | |
5010 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5011 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; | |
5012 | if (gw < 0) | |
5013 | gw = 0; | |
5014 | if (gh < 0) | |
5015 | gh = 0; | |
5016 | ||
5017 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
5018 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
5019 | ||
5020 | if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
5021 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
5022 | ||
5023 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
5024 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); | |
5025 | ||
5026 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
5027 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); | |
5028 | } | |
5029 | ||
5030 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
5031 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
5032 | // | |
5033 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
5034 | { | |
5035 | int i; | |
5036 | bool result = false; | |
5037 | ||
5038 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
5039 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
5040 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
5041 | ||
5042 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
5043 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
5044 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
5045 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
5046 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
5047 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5048 | ||
5049 | #if 0 | |
5050 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
5051 | // now | |
5052 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5053 | { | |
5054 | InitColWidths(); | |
5055 | } | |
5056 | ||
5057 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5058 | { | |
5059 | InitRowHeights(); | |
5060 | } | |
5061 | #endif | |
5062 | ||
5063 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
5064 | { | |
5065 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
5066 | { | |
5067 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5068 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5069 | ||
5070 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
5071 | ||
5072 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5073 | { | |
5074 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
5075 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
5076 | ||
5077 | int bottom = 0; | |
5078 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
5079 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
5080 | ||
5081 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5082 | { | |
5083 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
5084 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
5085 | } | |
5086 | } | |
5087 | ||
5088 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5089 | { | |
5090 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5091 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5092 | // | |
5093 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5094 | } | |
5095 | ||
5096 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5097 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5098 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5099 | if (attrProvider) | |
5100 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5101 | ||
5102 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5103 | { | |
5104 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5105 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5106 | } | |
5107 | } | |
5108 | result = true; | |
5109 | break; | |
5110 | ||
5111 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
5112 | { | |
5113 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5114 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
5115 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
5116 | ||
5117 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5118 | { | |
5119 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
5120 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
5121 | ||
5122 | int bottom = 0; | |
5123 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
5124 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
5125 | ||
5126 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5127 | { | |
5128 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
5129 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
5130 | } | |
5131 | } | |
5132 | ||
5133 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5134 | { | |
5135 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5136 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5137 | // | |
5138 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5139 | } | |
5140 | ||
5141 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5142 | { | |
5143 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5144 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5145 | } | |
5146 | } | |
5147 | result = true; | |
5148 | break; | |
5149 | ||
5150 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
5151 | { | |
5152 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5153 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5154 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
5155 | ||
5156 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
5157 | { | |
5158 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
5159 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
5160 | ||
5161 | int h = 0; | |
5162 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5163 | { | |
5164 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
5165 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
5166 | } | |
5167 | } | |
5168 | ||
5169 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
5170 | { | |
5171 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5172 | } | |
5173 | else | |
5174 | { | |
5175 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
5176 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
5177 | } | |
5178 | ||
5179 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5180 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
5181 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5182 | if (attrProvider) | |
5183 | { | |
5184 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
5185 | ||
5186 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
5187 | #if 0 | |
5188 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
5189 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
5190 | // all column attributes. | |
5191 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
5192 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
5193 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
5194 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
5195 | #endif | |
5196 | } | |
5197 | ||
5198 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5199 | { | |
5200 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5201 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5202 | } | |
5203 | } | |
5204 | result = true; | |
5205 | break; | |
5206 | ||
5207 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
5208 | { | |
5209 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5210 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5211 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
5212 | ||
5213 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5214 | { | |
5215 | //Shift the column IDs | |
5216 | int i; | |
5217 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
5218 | { | |
5219 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
5220 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
5221 | } | |
5222 | ||
5223 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
5224 | ||
5225 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
5226 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
5227 | { | |
5228 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
5229 | } | |
5230 | } | |
5231 | ||
5232 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5233 | { | |
5234 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
5235 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
5236 | ||
5237 | int right = 0; | |
5238 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
5239 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
5240 | ||
5241 | int colPos; | |
5242 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5243 | { | |
5244 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5245 | ||
5246 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5247 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
5248 | } | |
5249 | } | |
5250 | ||
5251 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5252 | { | |
5253 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5254 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5255 | // | |
5256 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5257 | } | |
5258 | ||
5259 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5260 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5261 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5262 | if (attrProvider) | |
5263 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5264 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5265 | { | |
5266 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5267 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5268 | } | |
5269 | } | |
5270 | result = true; | |
5271 | break; | |
5272 | ||
5273 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
5274 | { | |
5275 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5276 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
5277 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
5278 | ||
5279 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5280 | { | |
5281 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
5282 | ||
5283 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
5284 | int i; | |
5285 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
5286 | { | |
5287 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
5288 | } | |
5289 | } | |
5290 | ||
5291 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5292 | { | |
5293 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
5294 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
5295 | ||
5296 | int right = 0; | |
5297 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
5298 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
5299 | ||
5300 | int colPos; | |
5301 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5302 | { | |
5303 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5304 | ||
5305 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5306 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
5307 | } | |
5308 | } | |
5309 | ||
5310 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5311 | { | |
5312 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
5313 | // cell will be undefined... | |
5314 | // | |
5315 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5316 | } | |
5317 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5318 | { | |
5319 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5320 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5321 | } | |
5322 | } | |
5323 | result = true; | |
5324 | break; | |
5325 | ||
5326 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5327 | { | |
5328 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
5329 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
5330 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
5331 | ||
5332 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
5333 | { | |
5334 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
5335 | ||
5336 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5337 | ||
5338 | //Shift the column IDs | |
5339 | int colPos; | |
5340 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5341 | { | |
5342 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
5343 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
5344 | } | |
5345 | } | |
5346 | ||
5347 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
5348 | { | |
5349 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5350 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
5351 | ||
5352 | int w = 0; | |
5353 | int colPos; | |
5354 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5355 | { | |
5356 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5357 | ||
5358 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
5359 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
5360 | } | |
5361 | } | |
5362 | ||
5363 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5364 | { | |
5365 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5366 | } | |
5367 | else | |
5368 | { | |
5369 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
5370 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
5371 | } | |
5372 | ||
5373 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5374 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
5375 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
5376 | if (attrProvider) | |
5377 | { | |
5378 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
5379 | ||
5380 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
5381 | #if 0 | |
5382 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
5383 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
5384 | // all row attributes. | |
5385 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
5386 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
5387 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
5388 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
5389 | #endif | |
5390 | } | |
5391 | ||
5392 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5393 | { | |
5394 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5395 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5396 | } | |
5397 | } | |
5398 | result = true; | |
5399 | break; | |
5400 | } | |
5401 | ||
5402 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5403 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5404 | ||
5405 | return result; | |
5406 | } | |
5407 | ||
5408 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5409 | { | |
5410 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5411 | wxRect r; | |
5412 | ||
5413 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
5414 | ||
5415 | int top, bottom; | |
5416 | while ( iter ) | |
5417 | { | |
5418 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5419 | ||
5420 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5421 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5422 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5423 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5424 | // | |
5425 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5426 | int cw, ch; | |
5427 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5428 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
5429 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5430 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5431 | #endif | |
5432 | ||
5433 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5434 | // | |
5435 | int dummy; | |
5436 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
5437 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
5438 | ||
5439 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
5440 | // | |
5441 | int row; | |
5442 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5443 | { | |
5444 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
5445 | continue; | |
5446 | ||
5447 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5448 | break; | |
5449 | ||
5450 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
5451 | } | |
5452 | ||
5453 | ++iter; | |
5454 | } | |
5455 | ||
5456 | return rowlabels; | |
5457 | } | |
5458 | ||
5459 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5460 | { | |
5461 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5462 | wxRect r; | |
5463 | ||
5464 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
5465 | ||
5466 | int left, right; | |
5467 | while ( iter ) | |
5468 | { | |
5469 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5470 | ||
5471 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5472 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5473 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5474 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5475 | // | |
5476 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5477 | int cw, ch; | |
5478 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5479 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
5480 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5481 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5482 | #endif | |
5483 | ||
5484 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5485 | // | |
5486 | int dummy; | |
5487 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5488 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
5489 | ||
5490 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5491 | // | |
5492 | int col; | |
5493 | int colPos; | |
5494 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5495 | { | |
5496 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5497 | ||
5498 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
5499 | continue; | |
5500 | ||
5501 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5502 | break; | |
5503 | ||
5504 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
5505 | } | |
5506 | ||
5507 | ++iter; | |
5508 | } | |
5509 | ||
5510 | return colLabels; | |
5511 | } | |
5512 | ||
5513 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
5514 | { | |
5515 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
5516 | wxRect r; | |
5517 | ||
5518 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
5519 | ||
5520 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
5521 | while ( iter ) | |
5522 | { | |
5523 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
5524 | ||
5525 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
5526 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
5527 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
5528 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
5529 | // | |
5530 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
5531 | int cw, ch; | |
5532 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5533 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
5534 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
5535 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
5536 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
5537 | #endif | |
5538 | ||
5539 | // logical bounds of update region | |
5540 | // | |
5541 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
5542 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
5543 | ||
5544 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
5545 | // | |
5546 | int row, col; | |
5547 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5548 | { | |
5549 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
5550 | continue; | |
5551 | ||
5552 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
5553 | break; | |
5554 | ||
5555 | int colPos; | |
5556 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5557 | { | |
5558 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5559 | ||
5560 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
5561 | continue; | |
5562 | ||
5563 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
5564 | break; | |
5565 | ||
5566 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
5567 | } | |
5568 | } | |
5569 | ||
5570 | ++iter; | |
5571 | } | |
5572 | ||
5573 | return cellsExposed; | |
5574 | } | |
5575 | ||
5576 | ||
5577 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5578 | { | |
5579 | int x, y, row; | |
5580 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5581 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5582 | ||
5583 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5586 | { | |
5587 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5588 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5589 | } | |
5590 | ||
5591 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5592 | { | |
5593 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5594 | { | |
5595 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5596 | { | |
5597 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5598 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5599 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5600 | ||
5601 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5602 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5603 | y = wxMax( y, | |
5604 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5605 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5606 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5607 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5608 | { | |
5609 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5610 | } | |
5611 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5612 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5613 | } | |
5614 | break; | |
5615 | ||
5616 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
5617 | { | |
5618 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
5619 | { | |
5620 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5621 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
5622 | } | |
5623 | } | |
5624 | break; | |
5625 | ||
5626 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5627 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5628 | default: | |
5629 | break; | |
5630 | } | |
5631 | } | |
5632 | return; | |
5633 | } | |
5634 | ||
5635 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5636 | return; | |
5637 | ||
5638 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5639 | { | |
5640 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5641 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5642 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5643 | } | |
5644 | ||
5645 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5646 | // | |
5647 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5648 | { | |
5649 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5650 | } | |
5651 | ||
5652 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5653 | // | |
5654 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5655 | { | |
5656 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5657 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
5658 | // wanting to resize the row | |
5659 | // | |
5660 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5661 | { | |
5662 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5663 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5664 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5665 | { | |
5666 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5667 | ClearSelection(); | |
5668 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5669 | { | |
5670 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5671 | { | |
5672 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
5673 | ( | |
5674 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0, | |
5675 | row, GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
5676 | event | |
5677 | ); | |
5678 | } | |
5679 | else | |
5680 | { | |
5681 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
5682 | } | |
5683 | } | |
5684 | ||
5685 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5686 | } | |
5687 | } | |
5688 | else | |
5689 | { | |
5690 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
5691 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5692 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5693 | } | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | ||
5696 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5697 | // | |
5698 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5699 | { | |
5700 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
5701 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
5702 | { | |
5703 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5704 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5705 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5706 | { | |
5707 | // no default action at the moment | |
5708 | } | |
5709 | } | |
5710 | else | |
5711 | { | |
5712 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
5713 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
5714 | ||
5715 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5716 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5717 | } | |
5718 | } | |
5719 | ||
5720 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5721 | // | |
5722 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5723 | { | |
5724 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5725 | { | |
5726 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5727 | ||
5728 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5729 | // default processing in this case | |
5730 | // | |
5731 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5732 | } | |
5733 | ||
5734 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
5735 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5736 | } | |
5737 | ||
5738 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5739 | // | |
5740 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5741 | { | |
5742 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5743 | if ( row >=0 && | |
5744 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5745 | { | |
5746 | // no default action at the moment | |
5747 | } | |
5748 | } | |
5749 | ||
5750 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5751 | // | |
5752 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5753 | { | |
5754 | row = YToRow(y); | |
5755 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
5756 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
5757 | { | |
5758 | // no default action at the moment | |
5759 | } | |
5760 | } | |
5761 | ||
5762 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5763 | // | |
5764 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5765 | { | |
5766 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5767 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5768 | { | |
5769 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5770 | { | |
5771 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
5772 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
5773 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | } | |
5776 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5777 | { | |
5778 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
5779 | } | |
5780 | } | |
5781 | } | |
5782 | ||
5783 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5784 | { | |
5785 | int x, y, col; | |
5786 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5787 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5788 | ||
5789 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
5792 | { | |
5793 | m_isDragging = true; | |
5794 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
5795 | ||
5796 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL ) | |
5797 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5798 | } | |
5799 | ||
5800 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
5801 | { | |
5802 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5803 | { | |
5804 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5805 | { | |
5806 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5807 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5808 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5809 | ||
5810 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5811 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5812 | ||
5813 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5814 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
5815 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5816 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5817 | { | |
5818 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
5819 | } | |
5820 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
5821 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5822 | } | |
5823 | break; | |
5824 | ||
5825 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
5826 | { | |
5827 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
5828 | { | |
5829 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5830 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
5831 | } | |
5832 | } | |
5833 | break; | |
5834 | ||
5835 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
5836 | { | |
5837 | if ( x < 0 ) | |
5838 | m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 ); | |
5839 | else | |
5840 | m_moveToCol = XToCol( x ); | |
5841 | ||
5842 | int markerX; | |
5843 | ||
5844 | if ( m_moveToCol < 0 ) | |
5845 | markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) ); | |
5846 | else if ( x >= (GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ) + (GetColWidth(m_moveToCol) / 2)) ) | |
5847 | { | |
5848 | m_moveToCol = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) + 1 ); | |
5849 | if ( m_moveToCol < 0 ) | |
5850 | markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) ); | |
5851 | else | |
5852 | markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ); | |
5853 | } | |
5854 | else | |
5855 | markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol ); | |
5856 | ||
5857 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
5858 | { | |
5859 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5860 | DoPrepareDC(dc); | |
5861 | ||
5862 | int cw, ch; | |
5863 | m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5864 | ||
5865 | markerX++; | |
5866 | ||
5867 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
5868 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5869 | { | |
5870 | wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
5871 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5872 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
5873 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5874 | ||
5875 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
5876 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
5877 | } | |
5878 | ||
5879 | const wxColour *color; | |
5880 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
5881 | if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol) | |
5882 | || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1) | |
5883 | || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ))) | |
5884 | color = wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
5885 | else | |
5886 | color = wxBLUE; | |
5887 | ||
5888 | //Draw the marker | |
5889 | wxPen pen( *color, 2 ); | |
5890 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
5891 | ||
5892 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
5893 | ||
5894 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
5895 | ||
5896 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
5897 | } | |
5898 | } | |
5899 | break; | |
5900 | ||
5901 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
5902 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
5903 | default: | |
5904 | break; | |
5905 | } | |
5906 | } | |
5907 | return; | |
5908 | } | |
5909 | ||
5910 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
5911 | return; | |
5912 | ||
5913 | if (m_isDragging) | |
5914 | { | |
5915 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
5916 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5917 | m_isDragging = false; | |
5918 | } | |
5919 | ||
5920 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
5921 | // | |
5922 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5923 | { | |
5924 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5925 | } | |
5926 | ||
5927 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5928 | // | |
5929 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5930 | { | |
5931 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
5932 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
5933 | // wanting to resize the col | |
5934 | // | |
5935 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
5936 | { | |
5937 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5938 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5939 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5940 | { | |
5941 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
5942 | { | |
5943 | //Show button as pressed | |
5944 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
5945 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
5946 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
5947 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
5948 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5949 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
5950 | ||
5951 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5952 | } | |
5953 | else | |
5954 | { | |
5955 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
5956 | ClearSelection(); | |
5957 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5958 | { | |
5959 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5960 | { | |
5961 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
5962 | ( | |
5963 | 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5964 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
5965 | event | |
5966 | ); | |
5967 | } | |
5968 | else | |
5969 | { | |
5970 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
5971 | } | |
5972 | } | |
5973 | ||
5974 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5975 | } | |
5976 | } | |
5977 | } | |
5978 | else | |
5979 | { | |
5980 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
5981 | // | |
5982 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5983 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5984 | } | |
5985 | } | |
5986 | ||
5987 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5988 | // | |
5989 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5990 | { | |
5991 | col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
5992 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
5993 | { | |
5994 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5995 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5996 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5997 | { | |
5998 | // no default action at the moment | |
5999 | } | |
6000 | } | |
6001 | else | |
6002 | { | |
6003 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
6004 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); | |
6005 | ||
6006 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
6007 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6008 | } | |
6009 | } | |
6010 | ||
6011 | // ------------ Left button released | |
6012 | // | |
6013 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6014 | { | |
6015 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6016 | { | |
6017 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6018 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6019 | ||
6020 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6021 | // default processing in this case | |
6022 | // | |
6023 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
6024 | break; | |
6025 | ||
6026 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
6027 | DoEndDragMoveCol(); | |
6028 | ||
6029 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
6030 | break; | |
6031 | ||
6032 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
6033 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
6034 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
6035 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
6036 | // nothing to do (?) | |
6037 | break; | |
6038 | } | |
6039 | ||
6040 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
6041 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6042 | } | |
6043 | ||
6044 | // ------------ Right button down | |
6045 | // | |
6046 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
6047 | { | |
6048 | col = XToCol(x); | |
6049 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
6050 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
6051 | { | |
6052 | // no default action at the moment | |
6053 | } | |
6054 | } | |
6055 | ||
6056 | // ------------ Right double click | |
6057 | // | |
6058 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
6059 | { | |
6060 | col = XToCol(x); | |
6061 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
6062 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
6063 | { | |
6064 | // no default action at the moment | |
6065 | } | |
6066 | } | |
6067 | ||
6068 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
6069 | // | |
6070 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
6071 | { | |
6072 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
6073 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
6074 | { | |
6075 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6076 | { | |
6077 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
6078 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
6079 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
6080 | } | |
6081 | } | |
6082 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6083 | { | |
6084 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false); | |
6085 | } | |
6086 | } | |
6087 | } | |
6088 | ||
6089 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
6090 | { | |
6091 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
6092 | { | |
6093 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
6094 | // col args == -1 | |
6095 | // | |
6096 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
6097 | { | |
6098 | SelectAll(); | |
6099 | } | |
6100 | } | |
6101 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
6102 | { | |
6103 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
6104 | } | |
6105 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
6106 | { | |
6107 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
6108 | { | |
6109 | // no default action at the moment | |
6110 | } | |
6111 | } | |
6112 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
6113 | { | |
6114 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
6115 | { | |
6116 | // no default action at the moment | |
6117 | } | |
6118 | } | |
6119 | } | |
6120 | ||
6121 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() | |
6122 | { | |
6123 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is | |
6124 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
6125 | { | |
6126 | m_isDragging = false; | |
6127 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
6128 | ||
6129 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
6130 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6131 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6132 | ||
6133 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen | |
6134 | Refresh(); | |
6135 | } | |
6136 | } | |
6137 | ||
6138 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
6139 | wxWindow *win, | |
6140 | bool captureMouse) | |
6141 | { | |
6142 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
6143 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
6144 | { | |
6145 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
6146 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
6147 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
6148 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
6149 | _T("SELECT_COL"), | |
6150 | _T("MOVE_COL"), | |
6151 | }; | |
6152 | ||
6153 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
6154 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
6155 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
6156 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
6157 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
6158 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
6159 | #endif | |
6160 | ||
6161 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
6162 | win == m_winCapture && | |
6163 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
6164 | return; | |
6165 | ||
6166 | if ( !win ) | |
6167 | { | |
6168 | // by default use the grid itself | |
6169 | win = m_gridWin; | |
6170 | } | |
6171 | ||
6172 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
6173 | { | |
6174 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6175 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6176 | } | |
6177 | ||
6178 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
6179 | ||
6180 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6181 | { | |
6182 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
6183 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
6184 | break; | |
6185 | ||
6186 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6187 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
6188 | break; | |
6189 | ||
6190 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
6191 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
6192 | break; | |
6193 | ||
6194 | default: | |
6195 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6196 | break; | |
6197 | } | |
6198 | ||
6199 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
6200 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
6201 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
6202 | ||
6203 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
6204 | { | |
6205 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
6206 | m_winCapture = win; | |
6207 | } | |
6208 | } | |
6209 | ||
6210 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6211 | // grid mouse event processing | |
6212 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6213 | ||
6214 | void | |
6215 | wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
6216 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6217 | bool isFirstDrag) | |
6218 | { | |
6219 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6220 | return; // we're outside any valid cell | |
6221 | ||
6222 | // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
6223 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6224 | { | |
6225 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6226 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6227 | } | |
6228 | ||
6229 | switch ( event.GetModifiers() ) | |
6230 | { | |
6231 | case wxMOD_CMD: | |
6232 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
6233 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6234 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords); | |
6235 | break; | |
6236 | ||
6237 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
6238 | if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
6239 | { | |
6240 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
6241 | { | |
6242 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
6243 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6244 | ||
6245 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event); | |
6246 | return; | |
6247 | } | |
6248 | } | |
6249 | ||
6250 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
6251 | break; | |
6252 | ||
6253 | default: | |
6254 | // we don't handle the other key modifiers | |
6255 | event.Skip(); | |
6256 | } | |
6257 | } | |
6258 | ||
6259 | void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
6260 | { | |
6261 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
6262 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
6263 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
6264 | ||
6265 | const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)), | |
6266 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize()); | |
6267 | ||
6268 | // erase the previously drawn line, if any | |
6269 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
6270 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
6271 | ||
6272 | // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here | |
6273 | m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition())); | |
6274 | ||
6275 | // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size | |
6276 | const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
6277 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6278 | if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin ) | |
6279 | m_dragLastPos = posMin; | |
6280 | ||
6281 | // and draw it at the new position | |
6282 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
6283 | } | |
6284 | ||
6285 | void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
6286 | { | |
6287 | if ( !m_isDragging ) | |
6288 | { | |
6289 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far | |
6290 | // enough | |
6291 | const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition(); | |
6292 | if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition ) | |
6293 | { | |
6294 | m_startDragPos = pt; | |
6295 | return; | |
6296 | } | |
6297 | ||
6298 | if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY && | |
6299 | abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY ) | |
6300 | return; | |
6301 | } | |
6302 | ||
6303 | const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
6304 | m_isDragging = true; | |
6305 | ||
6306 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
6307 | { | |
6308 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
6309 | DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag); | |
6310 | break; | |
6311 | ||
6312 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
6313 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6314 | break; | |
6315 | ||
6316 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
6317 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6318 | break; | |
6319 | ||
6320 | default: | |
6321 | event.Skip(); | |
6322 | } | |
6323 | ||
6324 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
6325 | { | |
6326 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
6327 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
6328 | } | |
6329 | } | |
6330 | ||
6331 | void | |
6332 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
6333 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6334 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
6335 | { | |
6336 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) ) | |
6337 | { | |
6338 | // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here | |
6339 | return; | |
6340 | } | |
6341 | ||
6342 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
6343 | ClearSelection(); | |
6344 | ||
6345 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
6346 | { | |
6347 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6348 | { | |
6349 | m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event); | |
6350 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6351 | } | |
6352 | } | |
6353 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
6354 | { | |
6355 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6356 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
6357 | ||
6358 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
6359 | { | |
6360 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6361 | { | |
6362 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event); | |
6363 | } | |
6364 | ||
6365 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6366 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6367 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
6368 | } | |
6369 | else | |
6370 | { | |
6371 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && | |
6372 | coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6373 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
6374 | } | |
6375 | } | |
6376 | } | |
6377 | ||
6378 | void | |
6379 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
6380 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6381 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
6382 | { | |
6383 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
6384 | { | |
6385 | if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) ) | |
6386 | { | |
6387 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
6388 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
6389 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
6390 | } | |
6391 | } | |
6392 | } | |
6393 | ||
6394 | void | |
6395 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
6396 | { | |
6397 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6398 | { | |
6399 | if (m_winCapture) | |
6400 | { | |
6401 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
6402 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
6403 | } | |
6404 | ||
6405 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6406 | { | |
6407 | ClearSelection(); | |
6408 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6409 | ||
6410 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
6411 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
6412 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
6413 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6414 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6415 | ||
6416 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
6417 | } | |
6418 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6419 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6420 | { | |
6421 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6422 | { | |
6423 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
6424 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
6425 | event ); | |
6426 | } | |
6427 | ||
6428 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6429 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6430 | ||
6431 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
6432 | // drag-shrinking. | |
6433 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6434 | } | |
6435 | } | |
6436 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
6437 | { | |
6438 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6439 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
6440 | ||
6441 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6442 | // default processing in this case | |
6443 | // | |
6444 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
6445 | } | |
6446 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
6447 | { | |
6448 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6449 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
6450 | ||
6451 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
6452 | // default processing in this case | |
6453 | // | |
6454 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
6455 | } | |
6456 | ||
6457 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
6458 | } | |
6459 | ||
6460 | void | |
6461 | wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event), | |
6462 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6463 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
6464 | { | |
6465 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
6466 | { | |
6467 | // out of grid cell area | |
6468 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6469 | return; | |
6470 | } | |
6471 | ||
6472 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y ); | |
6473 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x ); | |
6474 | ||
6475 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
6476 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
6477 | // | |
6478 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6479 | { | |
6480 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6481 | return; | |
6482 | } | |
6483 | ||
6484 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
6485 | { | |
6486 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
6487 | ||
6488 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6489 | { | |
6490 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6491 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); | |
6492 | } | |
6493 | } | |
6494 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
6495 | { | |
6496 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
6497 | ||
6498 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6499 | { | |
6500 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
6501 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); | |
6502 | } | |
6503 | } | |
6504 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
6505 | { | |
6506 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
6507 | { | |
6508 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6509 | } | |
6510 | } | |
6511 | } | |
6512 | ||
6513 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) | |
6514 | { | |
6515 | const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); | |
6516 | ||
6517 | // coordinates of the cell under mouse | |
6518 | wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos); | |
6519 | ||
6520 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6521 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6522 | if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) ) | |
6523 | { | |
6524 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
6525 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
6526 | } | |
6527 | ||
6528 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
6529 | { | |
6530 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
6531 | DoGridDragEvent(event, coords); | |
6532 | else | |
6533 | event.Skip(); | |
6534 | return; | |
6535 | } | |
6536 | ||
6537 | m_isDragging = false; | |
6538 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
6539 | ||
6540 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
6541 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
6542 | // wxGTK | |
6543 | #if 0 | |
6544 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
6545 | { | |
6546 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
6547 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
6548 | } | |
6549 | #endif // 0 | |
6550 | ||
6551 | // deal with various button presses | |
6552 | if ( event.IsButton() ) | |
6553 | { | |
6554 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6555 | { | |
6556 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6557 | ||
6558 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
6559 | DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos); | |
6560 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
6561 | DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos); | |
6562 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
6563 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event); | |
6564 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
6565 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event); | |
6566 | } | |
6567 | ||
6568 | // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell | |
6569 | if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
6570 | { | |
6571 | DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords); | |
6572 | } | |
6573 | } | |
6574 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
6575 | { | |
6576 | DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos); | |
6577 | } | |
6578 | else // unknown mouse event? | |
6579 | { | |
6580 | event.Skip(); | |
6581 | } | |
6582 | } | |
6583 | ||
6584 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
6585 | { | |
6586 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 ) | |
6587 | return; | |
6588 | ||
6589 | const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual(); | |
6590 | ||
6591 | const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize(); | |
6592 | ||
6593 | const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); | |
6594 | ||
6595 | // erase the last line we drew | |
6596 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
6597 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
6598 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
6599 | ||
6600 | const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin); | |
6601 | const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size); | |
6602 | ||
6603 | oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos); | |
6604 | ||
6605 | // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing | |
6606 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6607 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6608 | ||
6609 | // do resize the line | |
6610 | const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
6611 | oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol, | |
6612 | wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart, | |
6613 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol))); | |
6614 | ||
6615 | // refresh now if we're not frozen | |
6616 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6617 | { | |
6618 | // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header | |
6619 | // window | |
6620 | ||
6621 | // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction | |
6622 | wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0))); | |
6623 | rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition())); | |
6624 | ||
6625 | // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here, | |
6626 | // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction | |
6627 | oper.Select(rect) = 0; | |
6628 | ||
6629 | wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(), | |
6630 | oper.MakeSize | |
6631 | ( | |
6632 | oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this), | |
6633 | doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect) | |
6634 | )); | |
6635 | ||
6636 | oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader); | |
6637 | ||
6638 | ||
6639 | // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle | |
6640 | if ( m_table ) | |
6641 | { | |
6642 | oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size); | |
6643 | ||
6644 | int subtractLines = 0; | |
6645 | const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart); | |
6646 | if ( lineStart >= 0 ) | |
6647 | { | |
6648 | // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of | |
6649 | // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a | |
6650 | // part of it is affected | |
6651 | const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true); | |
6652 | for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ ) | |
6653 | { | |
6654 | int cellLines = oper.Select( | |
6655 | GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line))); | |
6656 | if ( cellLines < subtractLines ) | |
6657 | subtractLines = cellLines; | |
6658 | } | |
6659 | } | |
6660 | ||
6661 | int startPos = | |
6662 | oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines); | |
6663 | startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos); | |
6664 | ||
6665 | doper.Select(rect) = startPos; | |
6666 | doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos; | |
6667 | ||
6668 | m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect); | |
6669 | } | |
6670 | } | |
6671 | ||
6672 | // show the edit control back again | |
6673 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6674 | } | |
6675 | ||
6676 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
6677 | { | |
6678 | DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6679 | } | |
6680 | ||
6681 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
6682 | { | |
6683 | DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6684 | } | |
6685 | ||
6686 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol() | |
6687 | { | |
6688 | //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag | |
6689 | if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 ) | |
6690 | { | |
6691 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); //Do this to "unpress" the column | |
6692 | return; | |
6693 | } | |
6694 | ||
6695 | int newPos; | |
6696 | if ( m_moveToCol == -1 ) | |
6697 | newPos = m_numCols - 1; | |
6698 | else | |
6699 | { | |
6700 | newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol ); | |
6701 | if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) ) | |
6702 | newPos--; | |
6703 | } | |
6704 | ||
6705 | SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos ); | |
6706 | } | |
6707 | ||
6708 | void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos ) | |
6709 | { | |
6710 | if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
6711 | { | |
6712 | m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
6713 | ||
6714 | int i; | |
6715 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6716 | { | |
6717 | m_colAt.Add( i ); | |
6718 | } | |
6719 | } | |
6720 | ||
6721 | int oldPos = GetColPos( colID ); | |
6722 | ||
6723 | //Reshuffle the m_colAt array | |
6724 | if ( newPos > oldPos ) | |
6725 | { | |
6726 | int i; | |
6727 | for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ ) | |
6728 | { | |
6729 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1]; | |
6730 | } | |
6731 | } | |
6732 | else | |
6733 | { | |
6734 | int i; | |
6735 | for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- ) | |
6736 | { | |
6737 | m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1]; | |
6738 | } | |
6739 | } | |
6740 | ||
6741 | m_colAt[newPos] = colID; | |
6742 | ||
6743 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6744 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6745 | { | |
6746 | int colRight = 0; | |
6747 | int colPos; | |
6748 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6749 | { | |
6750 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
6751 | ||
6752 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
6753 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
6754 | } | |
6755 | } | |
6756 | ||
6757 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6758 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6759 | } | |
6760 | ||
6761 | ||
6762 | ||
6763 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
6764 | { | |
6765 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
6766 | return; | |
6767 | ||
6768 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
6769 | ||
6770 | if ( !m_canDragColMove ) | |
6771 | { | |
6772 | m_colAt.Clear(); | |
6773 | ||
6774 | //Recalculate the column rights | |
6775 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
6776 | { | |
6777 | int colRight = 0; | |
6778 | int colPos; | |
6779 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
6780 | { | |
6781 | colRight += m_colWidths[colPos]; | |
6782 | m_colRights[colPos] = colRight; | |
6783 | } | |
6784 | } | |
6785 | ||
6786 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6787 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6788 | } | |
6789 | } | |
6790 | ||
6791 | ||
6792 | // | |
6793 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
6794 | // | |
6795 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
6796 | { | |
6797 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
6798 | { | |
6799 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
6800 | return GetModelValues(); | |
6801 | ||
6802 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
6803 | return SetModelValues(); | |
6804 | ||
6805 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
6806 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
6807 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
6808 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
6809 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
6810 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
6811 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
6812 | ||
6813 | default: | |
6814 | return false; | |
6815 | } | |
6816 | } | |
6817 | ||
6818 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
6819 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
6820 | // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
6821 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
6822 | // | |
6823 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
6824 | { | |
6825 | if ( m_table ) | |
6826 | { | |
6827 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
6828 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6829 | ||
6830 | m_table->Clear(); | |
6831 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
6832 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6833 | } | |
6834 | } | |
6835 | ||
6836 | bool | |
6837 | wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), | |
6838 | int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
6839 | { | |
6840 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
6841 | ||
6842 | if ( !m_table ) | |
6843 | return false; | |
6844 | ||
6845 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6846 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6847 | ||
6848 | return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num); | |
6849 | ||
6850 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
6851 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
6852 | } | |
6853 | ||
6854 | bool | |
6855 | wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), | |
6856 | int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels)) | |
6857 | { | |
6858 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
6859 | ||
6860 | if ( !m_table ) | |
6861 | return false; | |
6862 | ||
6863 | return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num); | |
6864 | } | |
6865 | ||
6866 | // | |
6867 | // ----- event handlers | |
6868 | // | |
6869 | ||
6870 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return: | |
6871 | // -1 if the event was vetoed | |
6872 | // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed) | |
6873 | // 0 if the event wasn't handled | |
6874 | int | |
6875 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, | |
6876 | int row, int col, | |
6877 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) | |
6878 | { | |
6879 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6880 | ||
6881 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6882 | { | |
6883 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6884 | ||
6885 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6886 | type, | |
6887 | this, | |
6888 | rowOrCol, | |
6889 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6890 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6891 | mouseEv); | |
6892 | ||
6893 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6894 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6895 | } | |
6896 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
6897 | { | |
6898 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
6899 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6900 | type, | |
6901 | this, | |
6902 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
6903 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
6904 | true, | |
6905 | mouseEv); | |
6906 | ||
6907 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6908 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6909 | } | |
6910 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || | |
6911 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || | |
6912 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || | |
6913 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) | |
6914 | { | |
6915 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); | |
6916 | ||
6917 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) | |
6918 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); | |
6919 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) | |
6920 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); | |
6921 | ||
6922 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6923 | type, | |
6924 | this, | |
6925 | row, col, | |
6926 | pos.x, | |
6927 | pos.y, | |
6928 | false, | |
6929 | mouseEv); | |
6930 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6931 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6932 | } | |
6933 | else | |
6934 | { | |
6935 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
6936 | type, | |
6937 | this, | |
6938 | row, col, | |
6939 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
6940 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
6941 | false, | |
6942 | mouseEv); | |
6943 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6944 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6945 | } | |
6946 | ||
6947 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6948 | if (vetoed) | |
6949 | return -1; | |
6950 | ||
6951 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6952 | } | |
6953 | ||
6954 | // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above | |
6955 | // | |
6956 | int wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col) | |
6957 | { | |
6958 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
6959 | ||
6960 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
6961 | { | |
6962 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
6963 | ||
6964 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol ); | |
6965 | ||
6966 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6967 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6968 | } | |
6969 | else | |
6970 | { | |
6971 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
6972 | ||
6973 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
6974 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
6975 | } | |
6976 | ||
6977 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
6978 | if (vetoed) | |
6979 | return -1; | |
6980 | ||
6981 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
6982 | } | |
6983 | ||
6984 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
6985 | { | |
6986 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
6987 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
6988 | } | |
6989 | ||
6990 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
6991 | { | |
6992 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
6993 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
6994 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6995 | { | |
6996 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
6997 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
6998 | ||
6999 | if (rect) | |
7000 | { | |
7001 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
7002 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
7003 | int x, y; | |
7004 | ||
7005 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
7006 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
7007 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
7008 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
7009 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
7010 | ||
7011 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
7012 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
7013 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
7014 | ||
7015 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
7016 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
7017 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
7018 | ||
7019 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
7020 | { | |
7021 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7022 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
7023 | } | |
7024 | else | |
7025 | { | |
7026 | x = 0; | |
7027 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
7028 | } | |
7029 | ||
7030 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
7031 | { | |
7032 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
7033 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
7034 | } | |
7035 | else | |
7036 | { | |
7037 | y = 0; | |
7038 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
7039 | } | |
7040 | ||
7041 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
7042 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
7043 | { | |
7044 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
7045 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7046 | } | |
7047 | ||
7048 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
7049 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
7050 | { | |
7051 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
7052 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7053 | } | |
7054 | ||
7055 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
7056 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
7057 | { | |
7058 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
7059 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7060 | } | |
7061 | ||
7062 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
7063 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
7064 | { | |
7065 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
7066 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
7067 | } | |
7068 | } | |
7069 | else | |
7070 | { | |
7071 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7072 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7073 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7074 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
7075 | } | |
7076 | } | |
7077 | } | |
7078 | ||
7079 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
7080 | { | |
7081 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done | |
7082 | { | |
7083 | // reposition our children windows | |
7084 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7085 | } | |
7086 | } | |
7087 | ||
7088 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7089 | { | |
7090 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
7091 | { | |
7092 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
7093 | // | |
7094 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
7095 | } | |
7096 | ||
7097 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
7098 | ||
7099 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
7100 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
7101 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
7102 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
7103 | ||
7104 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
7105 | { | |
7106 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
7107 | { | |
7108 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) | |
7109 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; | |
7110 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) | |
7111 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; | |
7112 | } | |
7113 | ||
7114 | // try local handlers | |
7115 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
7116 | { | |
7117 | case WXK_UP: | |
7118 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7119 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7120 | else | |
7121 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7122 | break; | |
7123 | ||
7124 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
7125 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7126 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7127 | else | |
7128 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7129 | break; | |
7130 | ||
7131 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
7132 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7133 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7134 | else | |
7135 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7136 | break; | |
7137 | ||
7138 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
7139 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7140 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7141 | else | |
7142 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7143 | break; | |
7144 | ||
7145 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
7146 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
7147 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7148 | { | |
7149 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
7150 | } | |
7151 | else | |
7152 | { | |
7153 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
7154 | { | |
7155 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
7156 | } | |
7157 | else | |
7158 | { | |
7159 | // at the bottom of a column | |
7160 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7161 | } | |
7162 | } | |
7163 | break; | |
7164 | ||
7165 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
7166 | ClearSelection(); | |
7167 | break; | |
7168 | ||
7169 | case WXK_TAB: | |
7170 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
7171 | { | |
7172 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
7173 | { | |
7174 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
7175 | } | |
7176 | else | |
7177 | { | |
7178 | // at left of grid | |
7179 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7180 | } | |
7181 | } | |
7182 | else | |
7183 | { | |
7184 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
7185 | { | |
7186 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
7187 | } | |
7188 | else | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | // at right of grid | |
7191 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7192 | } | |
7193 | } | |
7194 | break; | |
7195 | ||
7196 | case WXK_HOME: | |
7197 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7198 | { | |
7199 | GoToCell(0, 0); | |
7200 | } | |
7201 | else | |
7202 | { | |
7203 | event.Skip(); | |
7204 | } | |
7205 | break; | |
7206 | ||
7207 | case WXK_END: | |
7208 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
7209 | { | |
7210 | GoToCell(m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
7211 | } | |
7212 | else | |
7213 | { | |
7214 | event.Skip(); | |
7215 | } | |
7216 | break; | |
7217 | ||
7218 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
7219 | MovePageUp(); | |
7220 | break; | |
7221 | ||
7222 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
7223 | MovePageDown(); | |
7224 | break; | |
7225 | ||
7226 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
7227 | // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the | |
7228 | // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything | |
7229 | switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE ) | |
7230 | { | |
7231 | case wxMOD_CONTROL: | |
7232 | m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
7233 | break; | |
7234 | ||
7235 | case wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
7236 | m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()); | |
7237 | break; | |
7238 | ||
7239 | case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
7240 | m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0, | |
7241 | m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
7242 | break; | |
7243 | ||
7244 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
7245 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
7246 | { | |
7247 | MoveCursorRight(false); | |
7248 | break; | |
7249 | } | |
7250 | //else: fall through | |
7251 | ||
7252 | default: | |
7253 | event.Skip(); | |
7254 | } | |
7255 | break; | |
7256 | ||
7257 | default: | |
7258 | event.Skip(); | |
7259 | break; | |
7260 | } | |
7261 | } | |
7262 | ||
7263 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
7264 | } | |
7265 | ||
7266 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7267 | { | |
7268 | // try local handlers | |
7269 | // | |
7270 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
7271 | { | |
7272 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7273 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7274 | { | |
7275 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7276 | { | |
7277 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
7278 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
7279 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
7280 | event); | |
7281 | } | |
7282 | } | |
7283 | ||
7284 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7285 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7286 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7287 | } | |
7288 | } | |
7289 | ||
7290 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
7291 | { | |
7292 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
7293 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
7294 | { | |
7295 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
7296 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7297 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7298 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7299 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7300 | ||
7301 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
7302 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
7303 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
7304 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
7305 | { | |
7306 | // ensure cell is visble | |
7307 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
7308 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
7309 | ||
7310 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
7311 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
7312 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
7313 | // crash the app | |
7314 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7315 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
7316 | } | |
7317 | else | |
7318 | { | |
7319 | event.Skip(); | |
7320 | } | |
7321 | ||
7322 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7323 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7324 | } | |
7325 | else | |
7326 | { | |
7327 | event.Skip(); | |
7328 | } | |
7329 | } | |
7330 | ||
7331 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
7332 | { | |
7333 | } | |
7334 | ||
7335 | bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7336 | { | |
7337 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 ) | |
7338 | { | |
7339 | // the event has been vetoed - do nothing | |
7340 | return false; | |
7341 | } | |
7342 | ||
7343 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7344 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7345 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7346 | #endif | |
7347 | ||
7348 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7349 | { | |
7350 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7351 | ||
7352 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
7353 | { | |
7354 | wxRect r; | |
7355 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7356 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7357 | { | |
7358 | r.x--; | |
7359 | r.y--; | |
7360 | r.width++; | |
7361 | r.height++; | |
7362 | } | |
7363 | ||
7364 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
7365 | ||
7366 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
7367 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7368 | ||
7369 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7370 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); | |
7371 | #else | |
7372 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
7373 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
7374 | #endif | |
7375 | } | |
7376 | } | |
7377 | ||
7378 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
7379 | ||
7380 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
7381 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7382 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
7383 | #endif | |
7384 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7385 | ||
7386 | return true; | |
7387 | } | |
7388 | ||
7389 | void | |
7390 | wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, | |
7391 | int bottomRow, int rightCol) | |
7392 | { | |
7393 | if ( m_selection ) | |
7394 | { | |
7395 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) | |
7396 | { | |
7397 | default: | |
7398 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); | |
7399 | // fall through | |
7400 | ||
7401 | case wxGridSelectCells: | |
7402 | // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell | |
7403 | // coordinates as is | |
7404 | break; | |
7405 | ||
7406 | case wxGridSelectRows: | |
7407 | // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select | |
7408 | // full rows | |
7409 | leftCol = 0; | |
7410 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
7411 | break; | |
7412 | ||
7413 | case wxGridSelectColumns: | |
7414 | // same as above but for columns | |
7415 | topRow = 0; | |
7416 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
7417 | break; | |
7418 | ||
7419 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: | |
7420 | // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so | |
7421 | // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't | |
7422 | // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we | |
7423 | // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is | |
7424 | // not useful) | |
7425 | return; | |
7426 | } | |
7427 | } | |
7428 | ||
7429 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
7430 | MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
7431 | ||
7432 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow); | |
7433 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol); | |
7434 | ||
7435 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol), | |
7436 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
7437 | ||
7438 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
7439 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
7440 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7441 | { | |
7442 | wxRect rect; | |
7443 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
7444 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
7445 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
7446 | } | |
7447 | ||
7448 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
7449 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
7450 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
7451 | { | |
7452 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
7453 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
7454 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
7455 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
7456 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
7457 | need_refresh[0] = | |
7458 | need_refresh[1] = | |
7459 | need_refresh[2] = | |
7460 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
7461 | int i; | |
7462 | ||
7463 | // Store intermediate values | |
7464 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
7465 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
7466 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
7467 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
7468 | ||
7469 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
7470 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol); | |
7471 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow); | |
7472 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight); | |
7473 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom); | |
7474 | ||
7475 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
7476 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
7477 | // is contained in the other. | |
7478 | ||
7479 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
7480 | { | |
7481 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7482 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
7483 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
7484 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7485 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
7486 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
7487 | } | |
7488 | ||
7489 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
7490 | { | |
7491 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7492 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
7493 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
7494 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7495 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
7496 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
7497 | } | |
7498 | ||
7499 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
7500 | { | |
7501 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7502 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
7503 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
7504 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7505 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
7506 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
7507 | } | |
7508 | ||
7509 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
7510 | { | |
7511 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
7512 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
7513 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
7514 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
7515 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
7516 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
7517 | } | |
7518 | ||
7519 | // various Refresh() calls | |
7520 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
7521 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7522 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
7523 | } | |
7524 | ||
7525 | // change selection | |
7526 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
7527 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
7528 | } | |
7529 | ||
7530 | // | |
7531 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
7532 | // | |
7533 | ||
7534 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
7535 | { | |
7536 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7537 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7538 | ||
7539 | if ( m_table ) | |
7540 | { | |
7541 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
7542 | // | |
7543 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7544 | return true; | |
7545 | } | |
7546 | ||
7547 | return false; | |
7548 | } | |
7549 | ||
7550 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
7551 | { | |
7552 | int row, col; | |
7553 | ||
7554 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
7555 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
7556 | // I think so ... | |
7557 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
7558 | ||
7559 | if ( m_table ) | |
7560 | { | |
7561 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7562 | { | |
7563 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7564 | { | |
7565 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
7566 | } | |
7567 | } | |
7568 | ||
7569 | return true; | |
7570 | } | |
7571 | ||
7572 | return false; | |
7573 | } | |
7574 | ||
7575 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
7576 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
7577 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
7578 | // | |
7579 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
7580 | { | |
7581 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
7582 | return; | |
7583 | ||
7584 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
7585 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7586 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
7587 | ||
7588 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7589 | { | |
7590 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
7591 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
7592 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7593 | ||
7594 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
7595 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7596 | { | |
7597 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
7598 | bool marked = false; | |
7599 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
7600 | { | |
7601 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
7602 | { | |
7603 | marked = true; | |
7604 | break; | |
7605 | } | |
7606 | } | |
7607 | ||
7608 | if (!marked) | |
7609 | { | |
7610 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7611 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
7612 | { | |
7613 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
7614 | { | |
7615 | marked = true; | |
7616 | break; | |
7617 | } | |
7618 | } | |
7619 | ||
7620 | if (!marked) | |
7621 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7622 | } | |
7623 | ||
7624 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
7625 | continue; | |
7626 | } | |
7627 | ||
7628 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
7629 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
7630 | { | |
7631 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
7632 | { | |
7633 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
7634 | int left = col; | |
7635 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
7636 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
7637 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
7638 | { | |
7639 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
7640 | } | |
7641 | ||
7642 | if (left == col) | |
7643 | left = 0; // oh well | |
7644 | ||
7645 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
7646 | { | |
7647 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
7648 | { | |
7649 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
7650 | { | |
7651 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
7652 | bool marked = false; | |
7653 | ||
7654 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
7655 | { | |
7656 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
7657 | { | |
7658 | marked = true; | |
7659 | break; | |
7660 | } | |
7661 | } | |
7662 | ||
7663 | if (!marked) | |
7664 | { | |
7665 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7666 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
7667 | { | |
7668 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
7669 | { | |
7670 | marked = true; | |
7671 | break; | |
7672 | } | |
7673 | } | |
7674 | if (!marked) | |
7675 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
7676 | } | |
7677 | } | |
7678 | break; | |
7679 | } | |
7680 | } | |
7681 | } | |
7682 | } | |
7683 | ||
7684 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
7685 | } | |
7686 | ||
7687 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
7688 | ||
7689 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7690 | { | |
7691 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
7692 | } | |
7693 | } | |
7694 | ||
7695 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
7696 | { | |
7697 | int cw, ch; | |
7698 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7699 | ||
7700 | int right, bottom; | |
7701 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7702 | ||
7703 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
7704 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
7705 | ||
7706 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7707 | { | |
7708 | int left, top; | |
7709 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7710 | ||
7711 | dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()); | |
7712 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
7713 | ||
7714 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
7715 | { | |
7716 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
7717 | } | |
7718 | ||
7719 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
7720 | { | |
7721 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
7722 | } | |
7723 | } | |
7724 | } | |
7725 | ||
7726 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7727 | { | |
7728 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7729 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7730 | ||
7731 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7732 | return; | |
7733 | ||
7734 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
7735 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7736 | ||
7737 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
7738 | ||
7739 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7740 | ||
7741 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
7742 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
7743 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7744 | { | |
7745 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
7746 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
7747 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
7748 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
7749 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
7750 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7751 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
7752 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7753 | #endif | |
7754 | } | |
7755 | else | |
7756 | { | |
7757 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
7758 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7759 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
7760 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7761 | } | |
7762 | ||
7763 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7764 | } | |
7765 | ||
7766 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
7767 | { | |
7768 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus | |
7769 | if ( !HasFocus() ) | |
7770 | return; | |
7771 | ||
7772 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7773 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7774 | ||
7775 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7776 | return; | |
7777 | ||
7778 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7779 | ||
7780 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
7781 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
7782 | // it doesn't look really good | |
7783 | ||
7784 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
7785 | ||
7786 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
7787 | { | |
7788 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
7789 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
7790 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
7791 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
7792 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
7793 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
7794 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
7795 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
7796 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
7797 | ||
7798 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
7799 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
7800 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
7801 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground | |
7802 | : m_cellHighlightColour, | |
7803 | penWidth)); | |
7804 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
7805 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7806 | } | |
7807 | } | |
7808 | ||
7809 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() | |
7810 | { | |
7811 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour()); | |
7812 | } | |
7813 | ||
7814 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
7815 | { | |
7816 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7817 | } | |
7818 | ||
7819 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
7820 | { | |
7821 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
7822 | } | |
7823 | ||
7824 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7825 | { | |
7826 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
7827 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
7828 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7829 | return; | |
7830 | ||
7831 | ||
7832 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
7833 | ||
7834 | // right hand border | |
7835 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); | |
7836 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
7837 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
7838 | ||
7839 | // bottom border | |
7840 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); | |
7841 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
7842 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
7843 | } | |
7844 | ||
7845 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
7846 | { | |
7847 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
7848 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
7849 | // | |
7850 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7851 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
7852 | { | |
7853 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
7854 | } | |
7855 | ||
7856 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
7857 | { | |
7858 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
7859 | return; | |
7860 | } | |
7861 | ||
7862 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
7863 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
7864 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
7865 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
7866 | { | |
7867 | wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n]; | |
7868 | ||
7869 | // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another | |
7870 | // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor" | |
7871 | // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by | |
7872 | // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even | |
7873 | // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment. | |
7874 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7875 | { | |
7876 | int rows = 0, | |
7877 | cols = 0; | |
7878 | GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols); | |
7879 | ||
7880 | if ( rows < 0 ) | |
7881 | cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows); | |
7882 | ||
7883 | if ( cols < 0 ) | |
7884 | cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols); | |
7885 | } | |
7886 | ||
7887 | if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
7888 | { | |
7889 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7890 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7891 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7892 | ||
7893 | break; | |
7894 | } | |
7895 | } | |
7896 | } | |
7897 | ||
7898 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
7899 | // has been changed | |
7900 | // | |
7901 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
7902 | { | |
7903 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7904 | return; | |
7905 | ||
7906 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
7907 | ||
7908 | int cw, ch; | |
7909 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
7910 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
7911 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
7912 | ||
7913 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
7914 | if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz ) | |
7915 | { | |
7916 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
7917 | return; | |
7918 | ||
7919 | const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)); | |
7920 | if ( right > lastColRight ) | |
7921 | right = lastColRight; | |
7922 | } | |
7923 | ||
7924 | if ( m_gridLinesClipVert ) | |
7925 | { | |
7926 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
7927 | return; | |
7928 | ||
7929 | const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1); | |
7930 | if ( bottom > lastRowBottom ) | |
7931 | bottom = lastRowBottom; | |
7932 | } | |
7933 | ||
7934 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
7935 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
7936 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
7937 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
7938 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
7939 | ||
7940 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
7941 | ||
7942 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7943 | wxRect rect; | |
7944 | ||
7945 | for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
7946 | { | |
7947 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ ) | |
7948 | { | |
7949 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7950 | ||
7951 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7952 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7953 | { | |
7954 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
7955 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7956 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7957 | } | |
7958 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
7959 | { | |
7960 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
7961 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7962 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
7963 | } | |
7964 | } | |
7965 | } | |
7966 | ||
7967 | dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
7968 | ||
7969 | ||
7970 | // horizontal grid lines | |
7971 | for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7972 | { | |
7973 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
7974 | ||
7975 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
7976 | break; | |
7977 | ||
7978 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
7979 | { | |
7980 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); | |
7981 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
7982 | } | |
7983 | } | |
7984 | ||
7985 | // vertical grid lines | |
7986 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
7987 | { | |
7988 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
7989 | ||
7990 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); | |
7991 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
7992 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
7993 | #endif | |
7994 | colRight--; | |
7995 | ||
7996 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
7997 | break; | |
7998 | ||
7999 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
8000 | { | |
8001 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); | |
8002 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
8003 | } | |
8004 | } | |
8005 | ||
8006 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
8007 | } | |
8008 | ||
8009 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
8010 | { | |
8011 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
8012 | return; | |
8013 | ||
8014 | const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
8015 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
8016 | { | |
8017 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
8018 | } | |
8019 | } | |
8020 | ||
8021 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
8022 | { | |
8023 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
8024 | return; | |
8025 | ||
8026 | wxRect rect; | |
8027 | ||
8028 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
8029 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
8030 | ||
8031 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
8032 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom ); | |
8033 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
8034 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
8035 | ||
8036 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
8037 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
8038 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop ); | |
8039 | ||
8040 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
8041 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
8042 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8043 | ||
8044 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
8045 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
8046 | ||
8047 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
8048 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
8049 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
8050 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
8051 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
8052 | } | |
8053 | ||
8054 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) | |
8055 | { | |
8056 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; | |
8057 | if (native) | |
8058 | { | |
8059 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); | |
8060 | SetColLabelSize( height ); | |
8061 | } | |
8062 | ||
8063 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8064 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8065 | } | |
8066 | ||
8067 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
8068 | { | |
8069 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
8070 | return; | |
8071 | ||
8072 | const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
8073 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
8074 | { | |
8075 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
8076 | } | |
8077 | } | |
8078 | ||
8079 | void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc) | |
8080 | { | |
8081 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
8082 | { | |
8083 | wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight)); | |
8084 | rect.Deflate(1); | |
8085 | ||
8086 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); | |
8087 | } | |
8088 | else | |
8089 | { | |
8090 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
8091 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
8092 | m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 0 ); | |
8093 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
8094 | 0, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8095 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, 0 ); | |
8096 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
8097 | ||
8098 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
8099 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 1 ); | |
8100 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8101 | } | |
8102 | } | |
8103 | ||
8104 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col) | |
8105 | { | |
8106 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
8107 | return; | |
8108 | ||
8109 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
8110 | ||
8111 | wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight); | |
8112 | ||
8113 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
8114 | { | |
8115 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_colLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); | |
8116 | } | |
8117 | else | |
8118 | { | |
8119 | int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
8120 | ||
8121 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
8122 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
8123 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8124 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, | |
8125 | colRight, 0 ); | |
8126 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1, | |
8127 | colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8128 | ||
8129 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
8130 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 ); | |
8131 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
8132 | } | |
8133 | ||
8134 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT ); | |
8135 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
8136 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8137 | ||
8138 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
8139 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
8140 | const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
8141 | ||
8142 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
8143 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient); | |
8144 | } | |
8145 | ||
8146 | // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which | |
8147 | // we just have to add textOrientation support | |
8148 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
8149 | const wxString& value, | |
8150 | const wxRect& rect, | |
8151 | int horizAlign, | |
8152 | int vertAlign, | |
8153 | int textOrientation ) | |
8154 | { | |
8155 | wxArrayString lines; | |
8156 | ||
8157 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
8158 | ||
8159 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); | |
8160 | } | |
8161 | ||
8162 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
8163 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8164 | const wxRect& rect, | |
8165 | int horizAlign, | |
8166 | int vertAlign, | |
8167 | int textOrientation) | |
8168 | { | |
8169 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
8170 | return; | |
8171 | ||
8172 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
8173 | ||
8174 | long textWidth, | |
8175 | textHeight; | |
8176 | ||
8177 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8178 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
8179 | else | |
8180 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
8181 | ||
8182 | int x = 0, | |
8183 | y = 0; | |
8184 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
8185 | { | |
8186 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
8187 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8188 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
8189 | else | |
8190 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
8191 | break; | |
8192 | ||
8193 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
8194 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8195 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
8196 | else | |
8197 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
8198 | break; | |
8199 | ||
8200 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
8201 | default: | |
8202 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8203 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
8204 | else | |
8205 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
8206 | break; | |
8207 | } | |
8208 | ||
8209 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
8210 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
8211 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
8212 | { | |
8213 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
8214 | ||
8215 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
8216 | { | |
8217 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
8218 | continue; | |
8219 | } | |
8220 | ||
8221 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, | |
8222 | lineHeight = 0; | |
8223 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
8224 | ||
8225 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
8226 | { | |
8227 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
8228 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8229 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
8230 | else | |
8231 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
8232 | break; | |
8233 | ||
8234 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
8235 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8236 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
8237 | else | |
8238 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
8239 | break; | |
8240 | ||
8241 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
8242 | default: | |
8243 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8244 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
8245 | else | |
8246 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
8247 | break; | |
8248 | } | |
8249 | ||
8250 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
8251 | { | |
8252 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
8253 | y += lineHeight; | |
8254 | } | |
8255 | else | |
8256 | { | |
8257 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
8258 | x += lineHeight; | |
8259 | } | |
8260 | } | |
8261 | } | |
8262 | ||
8263 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
8264 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
8265 | // | |
8266 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here | |
8267 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const | |
8268 | { | |
8269 | int startPos = 0; | |
8270 | int pos; | |
8271 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8272 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
8273 | ||
8274 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8275 | { | |
8276 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
8277 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
8278 | { | |
8279 | break; | |
8280 | } | |
8281 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
8282 | { | |
8283 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
8284 | } | |
8285 | else | |
8286 | { | |
8287 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
8288 | } | |
8289 | ||
8290 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
8291 | } | |
8292 | ||
8293 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
8294 | { | |
8295 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
8296 | } | |
8297 | } | |
8298 | ||
8299 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
8300 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
8301 | long *width, long *height ) const | |
8302 | { | |
8303 | wxCoord w = 0; | |
8304 | wxCoord h = 0; | |
8305 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
8306 | ||
8307 | size_t i; | |
8308 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
8309 | { | |
8310 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
8311 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
8312 | h += lineH; | |
8313 | } | |
8314 | ||
8315 | *width = w; | |
8316 | *height = h; | |
8317 | } | |
8318 | ||
8319 | // | |
8320 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
8321 | // | |
8322 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
8323 | { | |
8324 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
8325 | { | |
8326 | m_batchCount--; | |
8327 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
8328 | { | |
8329 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8330 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8331 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8332 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8333 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8334 | } | |
8335 | } | |
8336 | } | |
8337 | ||
8338 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
8339 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
8340 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
8341 | // | |
8342 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
8343 | { | |
8344 | BeginBatch(); | |
8345 | EndBatch(); | |
8346 | } | |
8347 | ||
8348 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
8349 | { | |
8350 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
8351 | return false; | |
8352 | ||
8353 | // redraw in the new state | |
8354 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8355 | ||
8356 | return true; | |
8357 | } | |
8358 | ||
8359 | // | |
8360 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
8361 | // | |
8362 | ||
8363 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
8364 | { | |
8365 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
8366 | { | |
8367 | if (!edit) | |
8368 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
8369 | m_editable = edit; | |
8370 | } | |
8371 | } | |
8372 | ||
8373 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
8374 | { | |
8375 | if (! m_editable) | |
8376 | return; | |
8377 | ||
8378 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8379 | { | |
8380 | if ( enable ) | |
8381 | { | |
8382 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 ) | |
8383 | return; | |
8384 | ||
8385 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
8386 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
8387 | ||
8388 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
8389 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8390 | ||
8391 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
8392 | } | |
8393 | else | |
8394 | { | |
8395 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
8396 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
8397 | ||
8398 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8399 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8400 | ||
8401 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
8402 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
8403 | } | |
8404 | } | |
8405 | } | |
8406 | ||
8407 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
8408 | { | |
8409 | // const_cast | |
8410 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8411 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8412 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8413 | ||
8414 | return readonly; | |
8415 | } | |
8416 | ||
8417 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
8418 | { | |
8419 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
8420 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
8421 | } | |
8422 | ||
8423 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
8424 | { | |
8425 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
8426 | // current one if it's read only | |
8427 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
8428 | } | |
8429 | ||
8430 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
8431 | { | |
8432 | bool isShown = false; | |
8433 | ||
8434 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
8435 | { | |
8436 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8437 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8438 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8439 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
8440 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8441 | ||
8442 | if ( editor ) | |
8443 | { | |
8444 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8445 | { | |
8446 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
8447 | } | |
8448 | ||
8449 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8450 | } | |
8451 | } | |
8452 | ||
8453 | return isShown; | |
8454 | } | |
8455 | ||
8456 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
8457 | { | |
8458 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8459 | { | |
8460 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
8461 | { | |
8462 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
8463 | return; | |
8464 | } | |
8465 | else | |
8466 | { | |
8467 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
8468 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8469 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8470 | ||
8471 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
8472 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8473 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8474 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
8475 | { | |
8476 | row += cell_rows; | |
8477 | col += cell_cols; | |
8478 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
8479 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
8480 | } | |
8481 | ||
8482 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
8483 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
8484 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8485 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8486 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8487 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); | |
8488 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
8489 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
8490 | ||
8491 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8492 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8493 | ||
8494 | int nXMove = 0; | |
8495 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
8496 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
8497 | ||
8498 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
8499 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
8500 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
8501 | // "don't change." | |
8502 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
8503 | rect.x--; | |
8504 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
8505 | rect.y--; | |
8506 | ||
8507 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8508 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
8509 | { | |
8510 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
8511 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
8512 | ||
8513 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
8514 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
8515 | this, | |
8516 | row, | |
8517 | col, | |
8518 | editor->GetControl()); | |
8519 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
8520 | } | |
8521 | ||
8522 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
8523 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8524 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8525 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
8526 | { | |
8527 | int y; | |
8528 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
8529 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
8530 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
8531 | } | |
8532 | ||
8533 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
8534 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
8535 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
8536 | ||
8537 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
8538 | { | |
8539 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8540 | // may have changed earlier | |
8541 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
8542 | { | |
8543 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
8544 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
8545 | ||
8546 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
8547 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
8548 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
8549 | { | |
8550 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
8551 | } | |
8552 | else | |
8553 | break; | |
8554 | } | |
8555 | ||
8556 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
8557 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
8558 | } | |
8559 | ||
8560 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
8561 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
8562 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
8563 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
8564 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
8565 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
8566 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
8567 | ||
8568 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
8569 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
8570 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8571 | ||
8572 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
8573 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
8574 | ||
8575 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8576 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8577 | } | |
8578 | } | |
8579 | } | |
8580 | ||
8581 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
8582 | { | |
8583 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8584 | { | |
8585 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8586 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8587 | ||
8588 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8589 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8590 | const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus(); | |
8591 | editor->Show( false ); | |
8592 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8593 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8594 | ||
8595 | // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it | |
8596 | // | |
8597 | // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing | |
8598 | // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the | |
8599 | // editor precisely because we lost focus | |
8600 | if ( editorHadFocus ) | |
8601 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
8602 | ||
8603 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
8604 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
8605 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
8606 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
8607 | ||
8608 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
8609 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
8610 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
8611 | #endif | |
8612 | ||
8613 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8614 | } | |
8615 | } | |
8616 | ||
8617 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
8618 | { | |
8619 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
8620 | { | |
8621 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8622 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8623 | ||
8624 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
8625 | ||
8626 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8627 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8628 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
8629 | ||
8630 | editor->DecRef(); | |
8631 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8632 | ||
8633 | if (changed) | |
8634 | { | |
8635 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) == -1 ) | |
8636 | { | |
8637 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
8638 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
8639 | } | |
8640 | } | |
8641 | } | |
8642 | } | |
8643 | ||
8644 | // | |
8645 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
8646 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
8647 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
8648 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
8649 | // | |
8650 | ||
8651 | wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const | |
8652 | { | |
8653 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
8654 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
8655 | ||
8656 | return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords | |
8657 | : wxGridCellCoords(row, col); | |
8658 | } | |
8659 | ||
8660 | // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
8661 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of | |
8662 | // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used | |
8663 | // for large grids) | |
8664 | int | |
8665 | wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord, | |
8666 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
8667 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
8668 | { | |
8669 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
8670 | ||
8671 | if ( coord < 0 ) | |
8672 | return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? oper.GetLineAt(this, 0) : -1; | |
8673 | ||
8674 | const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this); | |
8675 | wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" ); | |
8676 | ||
8677 | int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize, | |
8678 | minPos = 0; | |
8679 | ||
8680 | // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes | |
8681 | // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in | |
8682 | const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this); | |
8683 | if ( lineEnds.empty() ) | |
8684 | { | |
8685 | if ( maxPos < numLines ) | |
8686 | return maxPos; | |
8687 | ||
8688 | return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1; | |
8689 | } | |
8690 | ||
8691 | ||
8692 | // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search | |
8693 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
8694 | { | |
8695 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
8696 | } | |
8697 | else | |
8698 | { | |
8699 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)]) | |
8700 | { | |
8701 | minPos = maxPos; | |
8702 | const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this); | |
8703 | if ( minDist ) | |
8704 | maxPos = coord / minDist; | |
8705 | else | |
8706 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
8707 | } | |
8708 | ||
8709 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
8710 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
8711 | } | |
8712 | ||
8713 | // check if the position is beyond the last column | |
8714 | const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); | |
8715 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] ) | |
8716 | return clipToMinMax ? lineAtMaxPos : -1; | |
8717 | ||
8718 | // or before the first one | |
8719 | const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0); | |
8720 | if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] ) | |
8721 | return lineAt0; | |
8722 | ||
8723 | ||
8724 | // finally do perform the binary search | |
8725 | while ( minPos < maxPos ) | |
8726 | { | |
8727 | wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord && | |
8728 | coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)], | |
8729 | -1, | |
8730 | "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLine()" ); | |
8731 | ||
8732 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] ) | |
8733 | return oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); | |
8734 | else | |
8735 | maxPos--; | |
8736 | ||
8737 | const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
8738 | if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] ) | |
8739 | maxPos = median; | |
8740 | else | |
8741 | minPos = median; | |
8742 | } | |
8743 | ||
8744 | return oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); | |
8745 | } | |
8746 | ||
8747 | int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
8748 | { | |
8749 | return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8750 | } | |
8751 | ||
8752 | int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
8753 | { | |
8754 | return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8755 | } | |
8756 | ||
8757 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if | |
8758 | // not near an edge. | |
8759 | // | |
8760 | // coords can only possibly be near an edge if | |
8761 | // (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area | |
8762 | // that is _not_ near the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller | |
8763 | // than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be | |
8764 | // near the edge). | |
8765 | // and | |
8766 | // (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is | |
8767 | // relevant at all) is enabled. | |
8768 | // | |
8769 | int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
8770 | { | |
8771 | if ( !oper.CanResizeLines(this) ) | |
8772 | return -1; | |
8773 | ||
8774 | const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true); | |
8775 | ||
8776 | if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8777 | { | |
8778 | // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough | |
8779 | // to start or end border, respectively. | |
8780 | if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8781 | return line; | |
8782 | else if ( line > 0 && | |
8783 | pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this, | |
8784 | line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
8785 | return line - 1; | |
8786 | } | |
8787 | ||
8788 | return -1; | |
8789 | } | |
8790 | ||
8791 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const | |
8792 | { | |
8793 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8794 | } | |
8795 | ||
8796 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const | |
8797 | { | |
8798 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8799 | } | |
8800 | ||
8801 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const | |
8802 | { | |
8803 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
8804 | ||
8805 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8806 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8807 | { | |
8808 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
8809 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
8810 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8811 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
8812 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
8813 | row += cell_rows; | |
8814 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
8815 | col += cell_cols; | |
8816 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
8817 | ||
8818 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
8819 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8820 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
8821 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
8822 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
8823 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
8824 | } | |
8825 | ||
8826 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
8827 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
8828 | { | |
8829 | rect.width -= 1; | |
8830 | rect.height -= 1; | |
8831 | } | |
8832 | ||
8833 | return rect; | |
8834 | } | |
8835 | ||
8836 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const | |
8837 | { | |
8838 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8839 | // | |
8840 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8841 | ||
8842 | // convert to device coords | |
8843 | // | |
8844 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8845 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8846 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8847 | ||
8848 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
8849 | int cw, ch; | |
8850 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8851 | ||
8852 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
8853 | { | |
8854 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
8855 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
8856 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
8857 | } | |
8858 | else | |
8859 | { | |
8860 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
8861 | // | |
8862 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
8863 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
8864 | } | |
8865 | } | |
8866 | ||
8867 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
8868 | // of scrolling | |
8869 | // | |
8870 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
8871 | { | |
8872 | int i; | |
8873 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
8874 | ||
8875 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
8876 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
8877 | { | |
8878 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
8879 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8880 | ||
8881 | // convert to device coords | |
8882 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8883 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8884 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8885 | ||
8886 | int cw, ch; | |
8887 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8888 | ||
8889 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
8890 | { | |
8891 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8892 | } | |
8893 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
8894 | { | |
8895 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
8896 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
8897 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
8898 | { | |
8899 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
8900 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
8901 | break; | |
8902 | ||
8903 | h += rowHeight; | |
8904 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
8905 | } | |
8906 | ||
8907 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
8908 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
8909 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
8910 | // | |
8911 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
8912 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
8913 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
8914 | } | |
8915 | ||
8916 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
8917 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
8918 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
8919 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
8920 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
8921 | { | |
8922 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
8923 | } | |
8924 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
8925 | { | |
8926 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
8927 | int x0, y0; | |
8928 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
8929 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
8930 | ||
8931 | // see comment for ypos above | |
8932 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
8933 | } | |
8934 | ||
8935 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
8936 | { | |
8937 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
8938 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
8939 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
8940 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
8941 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
8942 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
8943 | } | |
8944 | } | |
8945 | } | |
8946 | ||
8947 | // | |
8948 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
8949 | // | |
8950 | ||
8951 | bool | |
8952 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, | |
8953 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
8954 | { | |
8955 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8956 | return false; | |
8957 | ||
8958 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8959 | { | |
8960 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner; | |
8961 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
8962 | coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8963 | ||
8964 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
8965 | return false; | |
8966 | ||
8967 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
8968 | ||
8969 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
8970 | } | |
8971 | else // don't expand selection | |
8972 | { | |
8973 | ClearSelection(); | |
8974 | ||
8975 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
8976 | return false; | |
8977 | ||
8978 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
8979 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
8980 | ||
8981 | GoToCell(coords); | |
8982 | } | |
8983 | ||
8984 | return true; | |
8985 | } | |
8986 | ||
8987 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection) | |
8988 | { | |
8989 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
8990 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
8991 | } | |
8992 | ||
8993 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection) | |
8994 | { | |
8995 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
8996 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
8997 | } | |
8998 | ||
8999 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection) | |
9000 | { | |
9001 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
9002 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
9003 | } | |
9004 | ||
9005 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection) | |
9006 | { | |
9007 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
9008 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
9009 | } | |
9010 | ||
9011 | bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9012 | { | |
9013 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9014 | return false; | |
9015 | ||
9016 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
9017 | return false; | |
9018 | ||
9019 | const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9020 | int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y); | |
9021 | if ( newRow == oldRow ) | |
9022 | { | |
9023 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9024 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9025 | newRow = coords.GetRow(); | |
9026 | } | |
9027 | ||
9028 | GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
9029 | ||
9030 | return true; | |
9031 | } | |
9032 | ||
9033 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
9034 | { | |
9035 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
9036 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
9037 | } | |
9038 | ||
9039 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
9040 | { | |
9041 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
9042 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
9043 | } | |
9044 | ||
9045 | // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper | |
9046 | // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end | |
9047 | void | |
9048 | wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
9049 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9050 | { | |
9051 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
9052 | { | |
9053 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9054 | if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
9055 | break; | |
9056 | } | |
9057 | } | |
9058 | ||
9059 | bool | |
9060 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, | |
9061 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
9062 | { | |
9063 | if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
9064 | return false; | |
9065 | ||
9066 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
9067 | return false; | |
9068 | ||
9069 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9070 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
9071 | { | |
9072 | // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells | |
9073 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
9074 | } | |
9075 | else // current cell is not empty | |
9076 | { | |
9077 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
9078 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
9079 | { | |
9080 | // we started at the end of a block, find the next one | |
9081 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
9082 | } | |
9083 | else // we're in a middle of a block | |
9084 | { | |
9085 | // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next | |
9086 | // empty one | |
9087 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
9088 | { | |
9089 | wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords); | |
9090 | diroper.Advance(coordsNext); | |
9091 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) ) | |
9092 | break; | |
9093 | ||
9094 | coords = coordsNext; | |
9095 | } | |
9096 | } | |
9097 | } | |
9098 | ||
9099 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
9100 | { | |
9101 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
9102 | } | |
9103 | else | |
9104 | { | |
9105 | ClearSelection(); | |
9106 | GoToCell(coords); | |
9107 | } | |
9108 | ||
9109 | return true; | |
9110 | } | |
9111 | ||
9112 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection) | |
9113 | { | |
9114 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9115 | expandSelection, | |
9116 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
9117 | ); | |
9118 | } | |
9119 | ||
9120 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9121 | { | |
9122 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9123 | expandSelection, | |
9124 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
9125 | ); | |
9126 | } | |
9127 | ||
9128 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9129 | { | |
9130 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9131 | expandSelection, | |
9132 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
9133 | ); | |
9134 | } | |
9135 | ||
9136 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
9137 | { | |
9138 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
9139 | expandSelection, | |
9140 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
9141 | ); | |
9142 | } | |
9143 | ||
9144 | // | |
9145 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
9146 | // | |
9147 | ||
9148 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9149 | { | |
9150 | if ( horiz ) | |
9151 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
9152 | if ( vert ) | |
9153 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
9154 | } | |
9155 | ||
9156 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9157 | { | |
9158 | if ( horiz ) | |
9159 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
9160 | if ( vert ) | |
9161 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
9162 | } | |
9163 | ||
9164 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const | |
9165 | { | |
9166 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
9167 | } | |
9168 | ||
9169 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const | |
9170 | { | |
9171 | if ( m_table ) | |
9172 | { | |
9173 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
9174 | } | |
9175 | else | |
9176 | { | |
9177 | wxString s; | |
9178 | s << row; | |
9179 | return s; | |
9180 | } | |
9181 | } | |
9182 | ||
9183 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const | |
9184 | { | |
9185 | if ( m_table ) | |
9186 | { | |
9187 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
9188 | } | |
9189 | else | |
9190 | { | |
9191 | wxString s; | |
9192 | s << col; | |
9193 | return s; | |
9194 | } | |
9195 | } | |
9196 | ||
9197 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
9198 | { | |
9199 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
9200 | ||
9201 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
9202 | { | |
9203 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); | |
9204 | } | |
9205 | ||
9206 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
9207 | { | |
9208 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
9209 | { | |
9210 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9211 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9212 | } | |
9213 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
9214 | { | |
9215 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9216 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
9217 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9218 | } | |
9219 | ||
9220 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
9221 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9222 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9223 | } | |
9224 | } | |
9225 | ||
9226 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
9227 | { | |
9228 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
9229 | ||
9230 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
9231 | { | |
9232 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); | |
9233 | } | |
9234 | ||
9235 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
9236 | { | |
9237 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
9238 | { | |
9239 | m_colLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9240 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
9241 | } | |
9242 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
9243 | { | |
9244 | m_colLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9245 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
9246 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
9247 | } | |
9248 | ||
9249 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
9250 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
9251 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
9252 | } | |
9253 | } | |
9254 | ||
9255 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9256 | { | |
9257 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
9258 | { | |
9259 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
9260 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9261 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9262 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
9263 | ||
9264 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9265 | { | |
9266 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9267 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9268 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9269 | } | |
9270 | } | |
9271 | } | |
9272 | ||
9273 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9274 | { | |
9275 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
9276 | { | |
9277 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
9278 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9279 | { | |
9280 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9281 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9282 | } | |
9283 | } | |
9284 | } | |
9285 | ||
9286 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9287 | { | |
9288 | m_labelFont = font; | |
9289 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9290 | { | |
9291 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9292 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9293 | } | |
9294 | } | |
9295 | ||
9296 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9297 | { | |
9298 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9299 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9300 | { | |
9301 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9302 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9303 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9304 | } | |
9305 | ||
9306 | switch ( vert ) | |
9307 | { | |
9308 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9309 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9310 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9311 | } | |
9312 | ||
9313 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9314 | { | |
9315 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9316 | } | |
9317 | ||
9318 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9319 | { | |
9320 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9321 | } | |
9322 | ||
9323 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9324 | { | |
9325 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9326 | } | |
9327 | } | |
9328 | ||
9329 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9330 | { | |
9331 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
9332 | switch ( horiz ) | |
9333 | { | |
9334 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
9335 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
9336 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9337 | } | |
9338 | ||
9339 | switch ( vert ) | |
9340 | { | |
9341 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
9342 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
9343 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
9344 | } | |
9345 | ||
9346 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
9347 | { | |
9348 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
9349 | } | |
9350 | ||
9351 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
9352 | { | |
9353 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
9354 | } | |
9355 | ||
9356 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9357 | { | |
9358 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9359 | } | |
9360 | } | |
9361 | ||
9362 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
9363 | // does not support vertical printing | |
9364 | // | |
9365 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
9366 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
9367 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
9368 | // | |
9369 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
9370 | { | |
9371 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9372 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
9373 | ||
9374 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9375 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
9376 | } | |
9377 | ||
9378 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
9379 | { | |
9380 | if ( m_table ) | |
9381 | { | |
9382 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
9383 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9384 | { | |
9385 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
9386 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
9387 | { | |
9388 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9389 | rect.x = 0; | |
9390 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9391 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9392 | } | |
9393 | } | |
9394 | } | |
9395 | } | |
9396 | ||
9397 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9398 | { | |
9399 | if ( m_table ) | |
9400 | { | |
9401 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
9402 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9403 | { | |
9404 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
9405 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
9406 | { | |
9407 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
9408 | rect.y = 0; | |
9409 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9410 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
9411 | } | |
9412 | } | |
9413 | } | |
9414 | } | |
9415 | ||
9416 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9417 | { | |
9418 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
9419 | { | |
9420 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
9421 | ||
9422 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
9423 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
9424 | } | |
9425 | } | |
9426 | ||
9427 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
9428 | { | |
9429 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
9430 | { | |
9431 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
9432 | ||
9433 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9434 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9435 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
9436 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
9437 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9438 | } | |
9439 | } | |
9440 | ||
9441 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
9442 | { | |
9443 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
9444 | { | |
9445 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
9446 | ||
9447 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9448 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9449 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9450 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9451 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9452 | return; | |
9453 | ||
9454 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9455 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9456 | } | |
9457 | } | |
9458 | ||
9459 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
9460 | { | |
9461 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
9462 | { | |
9463 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
9464 | ||
9465 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
9466 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
9467 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
9468 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
9469 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || | |
9470 | GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
9471 | return; | |
9472 | ||
9473 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
9474 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
9475 | } | |
9476 | } | |
9477 | ||
9478 | void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines() | |
9479 | { | |
9480 | // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn | |
9481 | if ( GetBatchCount() ) | |
9482 | return; | |
9483 | ||
9484 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
9485 | { | |
9486 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
9487 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
9488 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
9489 | } | |
9490 | else // remove the grid lines | |
9491 | { | |
9492 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
9493 | } | |
9494 | } | |
9495 | ||
9496 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
9497 | { | |
9498 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
9499 | { | |
9500 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
9501 | ||
9502 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
9503 | } | |
9504 | } | |
9505 | ||
9506 | void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip) | |
9507 | { | |
9508 | if ( clip != var ) | |
9509 | { | |
9510 | var = clip; | |
9511 | ||
9512 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
9513 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
9514 | } | |
9515 | } | |
9516 | ||
9517 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const | |
9518 | { | |
9519 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9520 | } | |
9521 | ||
9522 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const | |
9523 | { | |
9524 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9525 | ||
9526 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
9527 | } | |
9528 | ||
9529 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const | |
9530 | { | |
9531 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
9532 | } | |
9533 | ||
9534 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const | |
9535 | { | |
9536 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9537 | ||
9538 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
9539 | } | |
9540 | ||
9541 | // ============================================================================ | |
9542 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
9543 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
9544 | // ============================================================================ | |
9545 | ||
9546 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9547 | // setting default attributes | |
9548 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9549 | ||
9550 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9551 | { | |
9552 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9553 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
9554 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
9555 | #endif | |
9556 | } | |
9557 | ||
9558 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
9559 | { | |
9560 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
9561 | } | |
9562 | ||
9563 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
9564 | { | |
9565 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9566 | } | |
9567 | ||
9568 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
9569 | { | |
9570 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9571 | } | |
9572 | ||
9573 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
9574 | { | |
9575 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
9576 | } | |
9577 | ||
9578 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
9579 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
9580 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
9581 | // work correctly. | |
9582 | ||
9583 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9584 | { | |
9585 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9586 | renderer, | |
9587 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
9588 | } | |
9589 | ||
9590 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
9591 | { | |
9592 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
9593 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
9594 | editor); | |
9595 | } | |
9596 | ||
9597 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9598 | // access to the default attributes | |
9599 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9600 | ||
9601 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const | |
9602 | { | |
9603 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9604 | } | |
9605 | ||
9606 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const | |
9607 | { | |
9608 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
9609 | } | |
9610 | ||
9611 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const | |
9612 | { | |
9613 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
9614 | } | |
9615 | ||
9616 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9617 | { | |
9618 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9619 | } | |
9620 | ||
9621 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const | |
9622 | { | |
9623 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
9624 | } | |
9625 | ||
9626 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
9627 | { | |
9628 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9629 | } | |
9630 | ||
9631 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
9632 | { | |
9633 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
9634 | } | |
9635 | ||
9636 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9637 | // access to cell attributes | |
9638 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9639 | ||
9640 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const | |
9641 | { | |
9642 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9643 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
9644 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9645 | ||
9646 | return colour; | |
9647 | } | |
9648 | ||
9649 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const | |
9650 | { | |
9651 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9652 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
9653 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9654 | ||
9655 | return colour; | |
9656 | } | |
9657 | ||
9658 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const | |
9659 | { | |
9660 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9661 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
9662 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9663 | ||
9664 | return font; | |
9665 | } | |
9666 | ||
9667 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
9668 | { | |
9669 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9670 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9671 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9672 | } | |
9673 | ||
9674 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const | |
9675 | { | |
9676 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9677 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
9678 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9679 | ||
9680 | return allow; | |
9681 | } | |
9682 | ||
9683 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
9684 | { | |
9685 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9686 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
9687 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9688 | } | |
9689 | ||
9690 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const | |
9691 | { | |
9692 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9693 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9694 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9695 | ||
9696 | return renderer; | |
9697 | } | |
9698 | ||
9699 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const | |
9700 | { | |
9701 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9702 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
9703 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9704 | ||
9705 | return editor; | |
9706 | } | |
9707 | ||
9708 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
9709 | { | |
9710 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9711 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
9712 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9713 | ||
9714 | return isReadOnly; | |
9715 | } | |
9716 | ||
9717 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9718 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
9719 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9720 | ||
9721 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const | |
9722 | { | |
9723 | if ( !m_table ) | |
9724 | { | |
9725 | return false; | |
9726 | } | |
9727 | ||
9728 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9729 | } | |
9730 | ||
9731 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
9732 | { | |
9733 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
9734 | { | |
9735 | wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9736 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
9737 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
9738 | // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses | |
9739 | // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the | |
9740 | // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important | |
9741 | // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef! | |
9742 | wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr); | |
9743 | } | |
9744 | } | |
9745 | ||
9746 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
9747 | { | |
9748 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
9749 | { | |
9750 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9751 | ||
9752 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
9753 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
9754 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
9755 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
9756 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
9757 | } | |
9758 | } | |
9759 | ||
9760 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
9761 | { | |
9762 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
9763 | { | |
9764 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
9765 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
9766 | ||
9767 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9768 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
9769 | #endif | |
9770 | ||
9771 | return true; | |
9772 | } | |
9773 | else | |
9774 | { | |
9775 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
9776 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
9777 | #endif | |
9778 | ||
9779 | return false; | |
9780 | } | |
9781 | } | |
9782 | ||
9783 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9784 | { | |
9785 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
9786 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
9787 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
9788 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
9789 | { | |
9790 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
9791 | { | |
9792 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
9793 | : NULL; | |
9794 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
9795 | } | |
9796 | } | |
9797 | ||
9798 | if (attr) | |
9799 | { | |
9800 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9801 | } | |
9802 | else | |
9803 | { | |
9804 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
9805 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9806 | } | |
9807 | ||
9808 | return attr; | |
9809 | } | |
9810 | ||
9811 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
9812 | { | |
9813 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
9814 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
9815 | ||
9816 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
9817 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") ); | |
9818 | ||
9819 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
9820 | if ( !attr ) | |
9821 | { | |
9822 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
9823 | ||
9824 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
9825 | attr->IncRef(); | |
9826 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9827 | } | |
9828 | ||
9829 | return attr; | |
9830 | } | |
9831 | ||
9832 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9833 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
9834 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9835 | ||
9836 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
9837 | { | |
9838 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
9839 | } | |
9840 | ||
9841 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
9842 | { | |
9843 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
9844 | } | |
9845 | ||
9846 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
9847 | { | |
9848 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
9849 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
9850 | { | |
9851 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
9852 | } | |
9853 | ||
9854 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
9855 | } | |
9856 | ||
9857 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
9858 | { | |
9859 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
9860 | if (!attr) | |
9861 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
9862 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
9863 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9864 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
9865 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
9866 | ||
9867 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
9868 | ||
9869 | } | |
9870 | ||
9871 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9872 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
9873 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9874 | ||
9875 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9876 | { | |
9877 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9878 | { | |
9879 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9880 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9881 | } | |
9882 | else | |
9883 | { | |
9884 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9885 | } | |
9886 | } | |
9887 | ||
9888 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9889 | { | |
9890 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9891 | { | |
9892 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
9893 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9894 | } | |
9895 | else | |
9896 | { | |
9897 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9898 | } | |
9899 | } | |
9900 | ||
9901 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9902 | { | |
9903 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9904 | { | |
9905 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
9906 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9907 | } | |
9908 | else | |
9909 | { | |
9910 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9911 | } | |
9912 | } | |
9913 | ||
9914 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9915 | { | |
9916 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9917 | { | |
9918 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9919 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
9920 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9921 | } | |
9922 | } | |
9923 | ||
9924 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9925 | { | |
9926 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9927 | { | |
9928 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9929 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
9930 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9931 | } | |
9932 | } | |
9933 | ||
9934 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
9935 | { | |
9936 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9937 | { | |
9938 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9939 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
9940 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9941 | } | |
9942 | } | |
9943 | ||
9944 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
9945 | { | |
9946 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9947 | { | |
9948 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9949 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9950 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9951 | } | |
9952 | } | |
9953 | ||
9954 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
9955 | { | |
9956 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9957 | { | |
9958 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9959 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9960 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9961 | } | |
9962 | } | |
9963 | ||
9964 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
9965 | { | |
9966 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9967 | { | |
9968 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
9969 | ||
9970 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9971 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
9972 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
9973 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9974 | ||
9975 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
9976 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
9977 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
9978 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
9979 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
9980 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
9981 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
9982 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
9983 | ||
9984 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
9985 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
9986 | { | |
9987 | int i, j; | |
9988 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
9989 | { | |
9990 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
9991 | { | |
9992 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9993 | { | |
9994 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9995 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
9996 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9997 | } | |
9998 | } | |
9999 | } | |
10000 | } | |
10001 | ||
10002 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
10003 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
10004 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
10005 | { | |
10006 | int i, j; | |
10007 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
10008 | { | |
10009 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
10010 | { | |
10011 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
10012 | { | |
10013 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
10014 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
10015 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
10016 | } | |
10017 | } | |
10018 | } | |
10019 | } | |
10020 | } | |
10021 | } | |
10022 | ||
10023 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
10024 | { | |
10025 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10026 | { | |
10027 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10028 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
10029 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10030 | } | |
10031 | } | |
10032 | ||
10033 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10034 | { | |
10035 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10036 | { | |
10037 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10038 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
10039 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10040 | } | |
10041 | } | |
10042 | ||
10043 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
10044 | { | |
10045 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
10046 | { | |
10047 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
10048 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
10049 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10050 | } | |
10051 | } | |
10052 | ||
10053 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10054 | // Data type registration | |
10055 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10056 | ||
10057 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
10058 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
10059 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
10060 | { | |
10061 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
10062 | } | |
10063 | ||
10064 | ||
10065 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10066 | { | |
10067 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10068 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
10069 | } | |
10070 | ||
10071 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
10072 | { | |
10073 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
10074 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
10075 | } | |
10076 | ||
10077 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10078 | { | |
10079 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10080 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10081 | { | |
10082 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
10083 | ||
10084 | return NULL; | |
10085 | } | |
10086 | ||
10087 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
10088 | } | |
10089 | ||
10090 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
10091 | { | |
10092 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
10093 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
10094 | { | |
10095 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
10096 | ||
10097 | return NULL; | |
10098 | } | |
10099 | ||
10100 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
10101 | } | |
10102 | ||
10103 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10104 | // row/col size | |
10105 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10106 | ||
10107 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
10108 | { | |
10109 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
10110 | } | |
10111 | ||
10112 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
10113 | { | |
10114 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
10115 | } | |
10116 | ||
10117 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
10118 | { | |
10119 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
10120 | } | |
10121 | ||
10122 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
10123 | { | |
10124 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
10125 | } | |
10126 | ||
10127 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
10128 | { | |
10129 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
10130 | ||
10131 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
10132 | { | |
10133 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
10134 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
10135 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10136 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10137 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
10138 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
10139 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10140 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10141 | } | |
10142 | } | |
10143 | ||
10144 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
10145 | { | |
10146 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
10147 | ||
10148 | // if < 0 then calculate new height from label | |
10149 | if ( height < 0 ) | |
10150 | { | |
10151 | long w, h; | |
10152 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10153 | wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin); | |
10154 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10155 | StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines); | |
10156 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10157 | //check that it is not less than the minimal height | |
10158 | height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()); | |
10159 | } | |
10160 | ||
10161 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
10162 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10163 | return; | |
10164 | ||
10165 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
10166 | { | |
10167 | // need to really create the array | |
10168 | InitRowHeights(); | |
10169 | } | |
10170 | ||
10171 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
10172 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
10173 | ||
10174 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
10175 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
10176 | { | |
10177 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
10178 | } | |
10179 | ||
10180 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10181 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10182 | } | |
10183 | ||
10184 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
10185 | { | |
10186 | // we dont allow zero default column width | |
10187 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); | |
10188 | ||
10189 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
10190 | { | |
10191 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
10192 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
10193 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
10194 | // some speed optimisations) | |
10195 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
10196 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
10197 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10198 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10199 | } | |
10200 | } | |
10201 | ||
10202 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
10203 | { | |
10204 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
10205 | ||
10206 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
10207 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
10208 | { | |
10209 | long w, h; | |
10210 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10211 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); | |
10212 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10213 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
10214 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
10215 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
10216 | else | |
10217 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
10218 | width = w + 6; | |
10219 | //check that it is not less than the minimal width | |
10220 | width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()); | |
10221 | } | |
10222 | ||
10223 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
10224 | // (VZ) | |
10225 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's | |
10226 | // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker | |
10227 | // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering | |
10228 | // | |
10229 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 | |
10230 | ||
10231 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
10232 | return; | |
10233 | ||
10234 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
10235 | { | |
10236 | // need to really create the array | |
10237 | InitColWidths(); | |
10238 | } | |
10239 | ||
10240 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
10241 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
10242 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
10243 | ||
10244 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
10245 | { | |
10246 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; | |
10247 | } | |
10248 | ||
10249 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10250 | CalcDimensions(); | |
10251 | } | |
10252 | ||
10253 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
10254 | { | |
10255 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
10256 | { | |
10257 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10258 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
10259 | } | |
10260 | } | |
10261 | ||
10262 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
10263 | { | |
10264 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
10265 | { | |
10266 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10267 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
10268 | } | |
10269 | } | |
10270 | ||
10271 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
10272 | { | |
10273 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
10274 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
10275 | ||
10276 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10277 | } | |
10278 | ||
10279 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
10280 | { | |
10281 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
10282 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
10283 | ||
10284 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10285 | } | |
10286 | ||
10287 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
10288 | { | |
10289 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
10290 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
10291 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
10292 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
10293 | } | |
10294 | ||
10295 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
10296 | { | |
10297 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
10298 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
10299 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
10300 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
10301 | } | |
10302 | ||
10303 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
10304 | { | |
10305 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
10306 | } | |
10307 | ||
10308 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
10309 | { | |
10310 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
10311 | } | |
10312 | ||
10313 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10314 | // auto sizing | |
10315 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10316 | ||
10317 | void | |
10318 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) | |
10319 | { | |
10320 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; | |
10321 | ||
10322 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
10323 | ||
10324 | // cancel editing of cell | |
10325 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10326 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10327 | ||
10328 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one | |
10329 | int row = -1, | |
10330 | col = -1; | |
10331 | if ( column ) | |
10332 | col = colOrRow; | |
10333 | else | |
10334 | row = colOrRow; | |
10335 | ||
10336 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
10337 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10338 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10339 | { | |
10340 | if ( column ) | |
10341 | row = rowOrCol; | |
10342 | else | |
10343 | col = rowOrCol; | |
10344 | ||
10345 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
10346 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
10347 | if ( renderer ) | |
10348 | { | |
10349 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
10350 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
10351 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10352 | extentMax = extent; | |
10353 | ||
10354 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
10355 | } | |
10356 | ||
10357 | attr->DecRef(); | |
10358 | } | |
10359 | ||
10360 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
10361 | wxCoord w, h; | |
10362 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
10363 | ||
10364 | if ( column ) | |
10365 | { | |
10366 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
10367 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
10368 | w = h; | |
10369 | } | |
10370 | else | |
10371 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
10372 | ||
10373 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
10374 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10375 | extentMax = extent; | |
10376 | ||
10377 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10378 | { | |
10379 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10380 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10381 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
10382 | } | |
10383 | else | |
10384 | { | |
10385 | if ( column ) | |
10386 | // leave some space around text | |
10387 | extentMax += 10; | |
10388 | else | |
10389 | extentMax += 6; | |
10390 | } | |
10391 | ||
10392 | if ( column ) | |
10393 | { | |
10394 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the | |
10395 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
10396 | // in SetColSize(). | |
10397 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
10398 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); | |
10399 | ||
10400 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
10401 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10402 | { | |
10403 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10404 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10405 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
10406 | rect.y = 0; | |
10407 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
10408 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
10409 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10410 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10411 | } | |
10412 | } | |
10413 | else | |
10414 | { | |
10415 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the | |
10416 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
10417 | // in SetRowSize(). | |
10418 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
10419 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); | |
10420 | ||
10421 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
10422 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10423 | { | |
10424 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
10425 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10426 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
10427 | rect.x = 0; | |
10428 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10429 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10430 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
10431 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
10432 | } | |
10433 | } | |
10434 | ||
10435 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
10436 | { | |
10437 | if ( column ) | |
10438 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
10439 | else | |
10440 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
10441 | } | |
10442 | } | |
10443 | ||
10444 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) | |
10445 | { | |
10446 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? | |
10447 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; | |
10448 | ||
10449 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() | |
10450 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); | |
10451 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
10452 | ||
10453 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? | |
10454 | // | |
10455 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows | |
10456 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation | |
10457 | const bool | |
10458 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); | |
10459 | ||
10460 | wxArrayString lines; | |
10461 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; | |
10462 | ||
10463 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
10464 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) | |
10465 | { | |
10466 | lines.Clear(); | |
10467 | ||
10468 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) | |
10469 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); | |
10470 | StringToLines(label, lines); | |
10471 | ||
10472 | long w, h; | |
10473 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
10474 | ||
10475 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; | |
10476 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
10477 | extentMax = extent; | |
10478 | } | |
10479 | ||
10480 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
10481 | { | |
10482 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
10483 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
10484 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() | |
10485 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); | |
10486 | } | |
10487 | ||
10488 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) | |
10489 | if ( calcRows ) | |
10490 | extentMax += 10; | |
10491 | else | |
10492 | extentMax += 6; | |
10493 | ||
10494 | return extentMax; | |
10495 | } | |
10496 | ||
10497 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10498 | { | |
10499 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
10500 | ||
10501 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
10502 | if(!calcOnly) | |
10503 | locker.Create(this); | |
10504 | ||
10505 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
10506 | { | |
10507 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10508 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
10509 | ||
10510 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
10511 | } | |
10512 | ||
10513 | return width; | |
10514 | } | |
10515 | ||
10516 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
10517 | { | |
10518 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
10519 | ||
10520 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
10521 | if(!calcOnly) | |
10522 | locker.Create(this); | |
10523 | ||
10524 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
10525 | { | |
10526 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
10527 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
10528 | ||
10529 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
10530 | } | |
10531 | ||
10532 | return height; | |
10533 | } | |
10534 | ||
10535 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
10536 | { | |
10537 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); | |
10538 | ||
10539 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
10540 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
10541 | ||
10542 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to | |
10543 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct | |
10544 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars | |
10545 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); | |
10546 | ||
10547 | // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars() | |
10548 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
10549 | ||
10550 | SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight); | |
10551 | } | |
10552 | ||
10553 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
10554 | { | |
10555 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10556 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10557 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10558 | { | |
10559 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10560 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10561 | } | |
10562 | ||
10563 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
10564 | SetRowSize(row, -1); | |
10565 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10566 | } | |
10567 | ||
10568 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
10569 | { | |
10570 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
10571 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
10572 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
10573 | { | |
10574 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10575 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
10576 | } | |
10577 | ||
10578 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
10579 | SetColSize(col, -1); | |
10580 | ForceRefresh(); | |
10581 | } | |
10582 | ||
10583 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
10584 | { | |
10585 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
10586 | ||
10587 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't | |
10588 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them | |
10589 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
10590 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
10591 | ||
10592 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
10593 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
10594 | // calculation. | |
10595 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
10596 | ||
10597 | return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight) | |
10598 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); | |
10599 | } | |
10600 | ||
10601 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
10602 | { | |
10603 | AutoSize(); | |
10604 | } | |
10605 | ||
10606 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
10607 | { | |
10608 | return wxNullPen; | |
10609 | } | |
10610 | ||
10611 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10612 | // cell value accessor functions | |
10613 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10614 | ||
10615 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
10616 | { | |
10617 | if ( m_table ) | |
10618 | { | |
10619 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
10620 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
10621 | { | |
10622 | int dummy; | |
10623 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
10624 | rect.x = 0; | |
10625 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
10626 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
10627 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
10628 | } | |
10629 | ||
10630 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
10631 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
10632 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
10633 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
10634 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
10635 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
10636 | { | |
10637 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
10638 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
10639 | } | |
10640 | } | |
10641 | } | |
10642 | ||
10643 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10644 | // block, row and column selection | |
10645 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10646 | ||
10647 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
10648 | { | |
10649 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10650 | return; | |
10651 | ||
10652 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
10653 | ClearSelection(); | |
10654 | ||
10655 | m_selection->SelectRow(row); | |
10656 | } | |
10657 | ||
10658 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
10659 | { | |
10660 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10661 | return; | |
10662 | ||
10663 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
10664 | ClearSelection(); | |
10665 | ||
10666 | m_selection->SelectCol(col); | |
10667 | } | |
10668 | ||
10669 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
10670 | bool addToSelected) | |
10671 | { | |
10672 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10673 | return; | |
10674 | ||
10675 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
10676 | ClearSelection(); | |
10677 | ||
10678 | m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); | |
10679 | } | |
10680 | ||
10681 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
10682 | { | |
10683 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
10684 | { | |
10685 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10686 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
10687 | } | |
10688 | } | |
10689 | ||
10690 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10691 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
10692 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10693 | ||
10694 | void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
10695 | { | |
10696 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
10697 | return; | |
10698 | ||
10699 | const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
10700 | if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ) | |
10701 | { | |
10702 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0)); | |
10703 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
10704 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
10705 | } | |
10706 | else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() ) | |
10707 | { | |
10708 | const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
10709 | for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ ) | |
10710 | { | |
10711 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i)); | |
10712 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
10713 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
10714 | } | |
10715 | } | |
10716 | //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction | |
10717 | // could have been selected anyhow | |
10718 | } | |
10719 | ||
10720 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row) | |
10721 | { | |
10722 | DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
10723 | } | |
10724 | ||
10725 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col) | |
10726 | { | |
10727 | DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
10728 | } | |
10729 | ||
10730 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
10731 | { | |
10732 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
10733 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
10734 | } | |
10735 | ||
10736 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const | |
10737 | { | |
10738 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
10739 | ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
10740 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
10741 | } | |
10742 | ||
10743 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
10744 | { | |
10745 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
10746 | ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
10747 | col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
10748 | row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
10749 | col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
10750 | } | |
10751 | ||
10752 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
10753 | { | |
10754 | if (!m_selection) | |
10755 | { | |
10756 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10757 | return a; | |
10758 | } | |
10759 | ||
10760 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
10761 | } | |
10762 | ||
10763 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
10764 | { | |
10765 | if (!m_selection) | |
10766 | { | |
10767 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10768 | return a; | |
10769 | } | |
10770 | ||
10771 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
10772 | } | |
10773 | ||
10774 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
10775 | { | |
10776 | if (!m_selection) | |
10777 | { | |
10778 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
10779 | return a; | |
10780 | } | |
10781 | ||
10782 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
10783 | } | |
10784 | ||
10785 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
10786 | { | |
10787 | if (!m_selection) | |
10788 | { | |
10789 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10790 | return a; | |
10791 | } | |
10792 | ||
10793 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
10794 | } | |
10795 | ||
10796 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
10797 | { | |
10798 | if (!m_selection) | |
10799 | { | |
10800 | wxArrayInt a; | |
10801 | return a; | |
10802 | } | |
10803 | ||
10804 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
10805 | } | |
10806 | ||
10807 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
10808 | { | |
10809 | wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
10810 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight); | |
10811 | wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, | |
10812 | m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
10813 | ||
10814 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
10815 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
10816 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
10817 | ||
10818 | Refresh( false, &r1 ); | |
10819 | Refresh( false, &r2 ); | |
10820 | ||
10821 | if ( m_selection ) | |
10822 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
10823 | } | |
10824 | ||
10825 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
10826 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
10827 | // | |
10828 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
10829 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const | |
10830 | { | |
10831 | wxRect resultRect; | |
10832 | wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); | |
10833 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10834 | { | |
10835 | resultRect = tempCellRect; | |
10836 | } | |
10837 | else | |
10838 | { | |
10839 | resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
10840 | } | |
10841 | ||
10842 | tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); | |
10843 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
10844 | { | |
10845 | resultRect += tempCellRect; | |
10846 | } | |
10847 | else | |
10848 | { | |
10849 | // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. | |
10850 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
10851 | } | |
10852 | ||
10853 | // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. | |
10854 | int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); | |
10855 | int top = resultRect.GetTop(); | |
10856 | int right = resultRect.GetRight(); | |
10857 | int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); | |
10858 | ||
10859 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
10860 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
10861 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
10862 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
10863 | ||
10864 | if (left > right) | |
10865 | { | |
10866 | int tmp = left; | |
10867 | left = right; | |
10868 | right = tmp; | |
10869 | ||
10870 | tmp = leftCol; | |
10871 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
10872 | rightCol = tmp; | |
10873 | } | |
10874 | ||
10875 | if (top > bottom) | |
10876 | { | |
10877 | int tmp = top; | |
10878 | top = bottom; | |
10879 | bottom = tmp; | |
10880 | ||
10881 | tmp = topRow; | |
10882 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
10883 | bottomRow = tmp; | |
10884 | } | |
10885 | ||
10886 | // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. | |
10887 | int cw, ch; | |
10888 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
10889 | ||
10890 | // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the | |
10891 | // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. | |
10892 | int gridOriginX = 0; | |
10893 | int gridOriginY = 0; | |
10894 | CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); | |
10895 | ||
10896 | int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); | |
10897 | int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); | |
10898 | ||
10899 | int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); | |
10900 | int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); | |
10901 | ||
10902 | // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block | |
10903 | // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values | |
10904 | // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the | |
10905 | // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. | |
10906 | const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); | |
10907 | const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); | |
10908 | const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); | |
10909 | const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); | |
10910 | ||
10911 | for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) | |
10912 | { | |
10913 | for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) | |
10914 | { | |
10915 | if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || | |
10916 | (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) | |
10917 | { | |
10918 | tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
10919 | ||
10920 | if (tempCellRect.x < left) | |
10921 | left = tempCellRect.x; | |
10922 | if (tempCellRect.y < top) | |
10923 | top = tempCellRect.y; | |
10924 | if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) | |
10925 | right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; | |
10926 | if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) | |
10927 | bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; | |
10928 | } | |
10929 | else | |
10930 | { | |
10931 | i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
10932 | } | |
10933 | } | |
10934 | } | |
10935 | ||
10936 | // Convert to scrolled coords | |
10937 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
10938 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
10939 | ||
10940 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
10941 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
10942 | ||
10943 | resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
10944 | resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
10945 | resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
10946 | resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
10947 | ||
10948 | return resultRect; | |
10949 | } | |
10950 | ||
10951 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10952 | // drop target | |
10953 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10954 | ||
10955 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
10956 | ||
10957 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid | |
10958 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) | |
10959 | { | |
10960 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); | |
10961 | } | |
10962 | ||
10963 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
10964 | ||
10965 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10966 | // grid event classes | |
10967 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10968 | ||
10969 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10970 | ||
10971 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10972 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
10973 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10974 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
10975 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
10976 | { | |
10977 | Init(row, col, x, y, sel); | |
10978 | ||
10979 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10980 | } | |
10981 | ||
10982 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10983 | ||
10984 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10985 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
10986 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10987 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
10988 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
10989 | { | |
10990 | Init(rowOrCol, x, y); | |
10991 | ||
10992 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10993 | } | |
10994 | ||
10995 | ||
10996 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10997 | ||
10998 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10999 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
11000 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
11001 | bool sel, bool control, | |
11002 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
11003 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
11004 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
11005 | { | |
11006 | Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); | |
11007 | ||
11008 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11009 | } | |
11010 | ||
11011 | ||
11012 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
11013 | ||
11014 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
11015 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
11016 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
11017 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
11018 | { | |
11019 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
11020 | m_row = row; | |
11021 | m_col = col; | |
11022 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
11023 | } | |
11024 | ||
11025 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |